WO2023020481A1 - Method for transmitting data and apparatus - Google Patents
Method for transmitting data and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023020481A1 WO2023020481A1 PCT/CN2022/112754 CN2022112754W WO2023020481A1 WO 2023020481 A1 WO2023020481 A1 WO 2023020481A1 CN 2022112754 W CN2022112754 W CN 2022112754W WO 2023020481 A1 WO2023020481 A1 WO 2023020481A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- terminal
- information
- session
- access network
- network device
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 250
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 104
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 98
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 52
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- XHSQDZXAVJRBMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(5,6-dichlorobenzimidazol-1-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C2N=C1 XHSQDZXAVJRBMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 66
- 101000864010 Stenotrophomonas maltophilia (strain K279a) Major fimbrial subunit SMF-1 Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 13
- 101100240980 Caenorhabditis elegans smf-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102100022734 Acyl carrier protein, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000678845 Homo sapiens Acyl carrier protein, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl iodide Substances C[Si](C)(C)I CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013144 data compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
- H04W28/24—Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/16—Communication-related supplementary services, e.g. call-transfer or call-hold
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting data.
- the present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting data, which can use the access network equipment as the anchor point, and realize the transfer of media from one terminal to another terminal by changing the data transmission channel between the access network equipment and the terminal. transfer.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: the first terminal determines to transfer the first media to the second terminal; the first terminal sends the first media to the first access network device information, the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, the first information includes the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal , and an identifier of a first quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow of the first session, where the first session and the first QoS flow are used by the first terminal to transmit data of the first media.
- quality of service quality of service
- the first terminal transfers the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media
- the identifier of the first QoS flow with the first session is sent to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can modify the context of the first terminal and the context of the second terminal according to the received information, so as to implement the
- the data transmission channel of the first QoS of the first session of a terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
- the first terminal can quit or maintain the data transmission of the first media.
- This method can ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
- the method further includes: the first terminal sends second information to the second terminal, and the second information is used to request sending the second terminal transfer media; the first terminal receives third information from the second terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identity of the second terminal , and an identifier of a second session allocated by the second terminal, where the second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
- the first terminal after sending the first information to the first access network device, the first terminal sends the second information to the second terminal.
- the first terminal may obtain information required for transferring the first media from the second terminal, and then send the first information to the first access network device according to the obtained information, thereby realizing the transfer of the first media from Transfer from a first terminal to a second terminal.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
- the third information when the third information includes the identifier of the second session, the first information further includes an identifier of the second session logo.
- a session identifier is allocated by the second terminal, and the session corresponding to the session identifier is used for the second terminal to transmit the first media data transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal.
- the method when the third information includes the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the method further includes: the first The terminal determines, according to the identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, that the second terminal resides on the first access network device.
- the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the same access network device according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located fed back by the second terminal, which can avoid the The transfer fails due to the camping of access network devices on different access networks.
- the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the first information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the first terminal sending the first information to the first access network device includes: the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device by A first access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) serving the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
- a first access and mobility management function access and mobility management function, AMF
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data.
- the method includes: a second terminal acquires first uplink data of a first medium, and the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second uplink data. media of two terminals; the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session; the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data according to the second QoS flow of the second session;
- a corresponding relationship sending the first uplink data to the first access network device through a second data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB), where the first corresponding relationship includes the second session of the second session
- DRB data radio bearer
- the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- the second terminal uses the second QoS stream of the second session to transmit the data of the first media. Because the context of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media, and the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session It is determined, therefore, the second terminal can correctly transmit the data of the first media, so as to realize the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal.
- the method further includes: the second terminal acquires fourth information from the first access network device, where the fourth information includes: the second The identifier of the session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow; the second terminal determines the information of the second session according to the fourth information The context information and the context information of the second QoS flow, and generating the first corresponding relationship.
- context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow may be locally generated by the second terminal, or may be configured by the first access network device for the second terminal, which are not limited in this application.
- the method further includes: the second terminal receiving second information from the first terminal, the second information It is used to request to transfer media to the second terminal; the second terminal sends third information to the first terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located , the identifier of the second terminal, and the identifier of the second session.
- the first terminal may obtain information required for transferring the first media from the second terminal, and then send the first information to the first access network device according to the obtained information, thereby realizing the transfer of the first media from Transfer from a first terminal to a second terminal.
- the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and the first Media ID.
- the method further includes: the second terminal receives fifth information, and the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the The first medium is transferred to the second terminal; the second terminal sends sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the first medium is agreed to be transferred to the second terminal.
- the receiving the fifth information by the second terminal includes: the receiving by the second terminal from the first access network device The fifth information; or, the second terminal receives the fifth information from the first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- the second terminal may provide the identifier of the second session to the first access network device or the first AMF during the inquiry process of the first access network device or the first AMF.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
- the method further includes: the second terminal acquires the first medium of the first media Two uplink data; the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session; the second terminal determines according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session
- the second correspondence is to send the second uplink data to the first access network device through a third DRB, where the second correspondence includes the third QoS flow of the third session and the The corresponding relationship of the third DRB, wherein the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow It is determined that the context information of
- the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- the second terminal can communicate with the second terminal through the second terminal.
- the third QoS stream of the third session between the application servers transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the second terminal determines the context of the third session according to the context information of the second session information, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the third QoS flow according to the context information of the second QoS flow, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the second DRB according to the context information of the second DRB The third DRB context information; the second terminal generating the second correspondence.
- the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the second session
- the context information of the third QoS is determined according to the context information of the second QoS
- the context of the second session is determined according to the first
- the context information of the first session of the terminal used to transmit the data of the first media is determined
- the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, therefore, the second terminal can correctly The data of the first medium is transmitted, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first medium is not interrupted.
- the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second session, and/or, The second terminal determines the third QoS flow context information according to the context information of the second QoS flow, and/or, the second terminal determines the third DRB context according to the second DRB context information Before the information is sent, the method further includes: the second terminal determines that the third session and/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB does not exist.
- the second terminal determines whether the third session and/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB already exists, only when the third session is not established, the third QoS flow of the third session is not established, or A session establishment process, a QoS flow establishment process, or a DRB configuration process is performed only when the third DRB is not configured. Therefore, signaling overhead and resource waste can be reduced.
- the method further includes: the second terminal sending seventh information to the first access network device, the first The seven information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a first access network device receiving a first quality of service (QoS) stream of a first session of a first terminal receiving a first For downlink data, the first medium is the medium transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; the first access network device uses the second data wireless bearer of the second terminal according to the third corresponding relationship The DRB sends the first downlink data to the second terminal, where the third correspondence includes the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first QoS flow of the second terminal The corresponding relationship of the second DRB.
- QoS quality of service
- the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal is changed with the first access network device as the anchor point, that is, the data transmission channel between the application server and the first access network device is kept unchanged, Convert the data transmission between the access network device and the terminal from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transmission of the first medium from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
- the first terminal can exit or maintain the data transmission of the first media.
- This method can ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
- the method further includes: receiving, by the first access network device, the first information of the first media sent by the second terminal through the second DRB.
- Uplink data the first access network device sends the first uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to a fourth correspondence, wherein the fourth The correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving first information from the first terminal, the The first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, and the first information includes an identifier of the second terminal, an identifier of the first session, and an identifier of the first QoS flow identification; the first access network device generates the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generates the third correspondence in the context of the second terminal The fourth correspondence.
- the first terminal transfers the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media
- the identifier of the first QoS flow with the first session is sent to the first access network device, and the first access network device can modify the context of the first terminal and the context of the second terminal according to the received information, thereby implementing the
- the data transmission channel of the first QoS of the first session of a terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
- the first access network device receiving the first information from the first terminal includes: the first access network device The first information is received through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the method further includes: the first access network device acquiring eighth information, where the eighth information includes the first Context information of a session and context information of the first QoS flow; the first access network device sends fourth information to the second terminal, where the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the second The identifier of the QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow, wherein the second QoS flow of the second session is used by the second terminal to transmit the first media data, the context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session, and the context information of the first QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the second QoS The context of the stream.
- the first access network device provides the second terminal with information for determining the context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow, and the second session and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the first media data, so that the second terminal can complete the grouping and transmission of the data of the first media.
- the acquiring the eighth information by the first access network device includes: The first AMF serving the terminal acquires the eighth information.
- the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and the first Media ID.
- the first information further includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the second session, and the first media logo.
- the method further includes: the first access network device sending fifth information to the second terminal, the first The fifth message is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first media to the second terminal; the first access network device receives sixth information from the second terminal, and the sixth message is used to indicate consent transferring the first medium to the second terminal.
- the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receives the second downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal; the first access network The device sends the second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence, where the fifth correspondence includes the third DRB of the second terminal.
- the fifth correspondence includes the third DRB of the second terminal.
- the first access network device can The third QoS stream of the third session between the two terminals and the application server transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the second uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the third DRB; the first access network device according to A fifth correspondence, sending the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, where the fifth correspondence includes the first The corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow of the three sessions and the third DRB of the second terminal.
- the first access network device can The third QoS stream of the third session between the two terminals and the application server transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the first access network device according to the second The context information of the second session of the terminal and/or the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session determine the context of the third session and/or the context of the third QoS flow, wherein the second session and the second QoS flow is used by the second terminal to transmit the first media data, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the second QoS flow The context is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow; the first access network device determines the context information of the third DRB according to the context information of the second DRB.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving seventh information from the second terminal, the The seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the method further includes: the first access network device providing a second access network device that provides services for the second terminal Sending tenth information with the mobility management function AMF, where the tenth information is used to request to modify the Internet protocol (Internet protocol, IP) address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the first Three session IP addresses.
- the Internet protocol Internet protocol, IP
- the first access network device requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can Transmitted through the third session.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session; the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media according to A sixth correspondence, sending the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, where the sixth correspondence includes the first QoS flow of the first session and the Describe the corresponding relationship of the first forwarding tunnel.
- the first access network device when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device can communicate with the second access network device The forwarding tunnel forwards the received first media data to the second access network device, and further sends it to the second terminal by the second access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the first media data is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the third uplink data of the first media sent by the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel; the first access network device The network access device sends the third uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the sixth correspondence, where the sixth correspondence includes the first session The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the first forwarding tunnel.
- the first access network device may communicate with the second terminal
- the data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the user plane functional network element, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the fourth correspondence further includes a second QoS flow of a second session between the second DRB and the second terminal
- the method further includes: the first access network device establishes the first forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generates the sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal relation.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the fourth downlink data of the first media sent by the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel; the first access network The device sends the fourth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB according to the seventh correspondence, where the seventh correspondence includes the second forwarding tunnel and the correspondence between the second DRB relation.
- the first access network device when the first terminal enters the coverage area of the third access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device may communicate with the third access network device The data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the second terminal, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the first access network device receiving fourth uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DBR; the first access network device according to the first Seven correspondences, sending the fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, where the seventh correspondence includes the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB Correspondence.
- the first access network device may transfer the data of the first media from the second terminal to , forward to the third access network device through the forwarding tunnel with the third access network device, and then send it to the user plane functional network element by the third access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media interruption.
- the method further includes: establishing, by the first access network device, the second forwarding tunnel, and generate the seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The second access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media sent by the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, where the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal , the first terminal resides in the first access network device; the second access network device sends the second terminal to the second terminal through a third data radio bearer DRB according to the eighth correspondence 3. Downlink data, wherein the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB.
- the second access network device may communicate with the first access network device
- the forwarding tunnel receives the data of the first media and sends it to the second terminal, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: receiving, by the second access network device, a third message of the first media sent by the second terminal through the third DRB.
- Uplink data the second access network device sends the third uplink data to the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the eighth correspondence.
- the second access network device may transfer the data of the first media from the second terminal to is forwarded to the first access network device through the forwarding tunnel with the first access network device, and then sent to the user plane functional network element by the first access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media does not interruption.
- the method further includes: establishing, by the second access network device, the first forwarding tunnel; The network device generates the eighth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The third access network device receives the fourth downlink data of the first media through the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, and the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal media; the third access network device sends the fourth downlink data to the first access network device through a second forwarding tunnel according to the ninth correspondence, wherein the ninth correspondence includes the The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second forwarding tunnel, where the second terminal resides in the first access network device.
- the third access network device can communicate with the first access network device
- the forwarding tunnel forwards the received first media data to the first access network device, and further sends it to the second terminal by the first access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the first media data is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: the third access network device receiving the first access network device sent by the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel. Fourth uplink data of media; the third access network device sends the fourth uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the ninth correspondence.
- the third access network device may communicate with the first access network device
- the data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the functional network element of the user plane, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
- the method further includes: establishing the second forwarding tunnel by the third access network device; The network device generates the nine correspondences in the context of the first terminal.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the second terminal
- the access and mobility management function AMF receives tenth information from the first access network device, and the tenth information is used to request the Internet protocol of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal
- the IP address is changed to the IP address of the third session, the first QoS flow of the first session is used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media, and the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the the media of the second terminal, the second terminal is served by the second AMF;
- the second AMF acquires the IP address of the third session;
- the second AMF sends the service to the first terminal
- the first AMF sends eleventh information, where the eleventh information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the
- the second AMF requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can pass through the third Session transfer.
- the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method includes: the first access and mobility management function AMF receives eleventh information from the second AMF, and the eleventh information is used In order to request to modify the Internet Protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session, the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session; The first AMF sends the eleventh information to the first UPF.
- the first AMF requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can pass through the third Session transfer.
- the present application provides a communication device, the device is configured to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
- the apparatus may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for performing the method provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
- the apparatus is a first terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, or a second AMF.
- the communication unit may be a transceiver, Or, an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor.
- the transceiver is a transceiver circuit.
- the input/output interface is an input/output circuit.
- the apparatus is used for the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF chips, systems on chips or circuits in
- the device is a chip used in the first terminal, second terminal, first access network device, second access network device, third access network device, first AMF, or second AMF, a chip system or
- the communication unit may be the input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit etc.
- the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory to perform any of the above aspects or its implementation provided method.
- the apparatus is a first terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, or a second AMF.
- the apparatus is used for the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF chips, systems on chips or circuits in
- the present application provides a processor configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
- the processor's output and reception, input and other operations can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code for device execution, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
- the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
- the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
- the present application provides a chip.
- the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
- the processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
- the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
- the present application provides a communication system, including the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or Second AMF.
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method 400 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method 500 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 600 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 7 is a variation of the transmission path of the data of the first medium.
- Fig. 8 is an example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 9 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
- Fig. 10 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 11 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 12 Another variation of the transmission path of the data of the first medium.
- Fig. 13 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
- Fig. 15 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 17 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 19 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Fig. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 21 is another schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- enabling can include direct enabling and indirect enabling.
- enabling can include direct enabling and indirect enabling.
- preset may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition.
- pre-defined can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminals or network devices), and this application does not limit its specific implementation .
- the "protocol” involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G), new air interface (new radio, NR) protocol and future communication
- 5th generation 5G
- NR new air interface
- future communication The relevant protocols in the system are not limited in this application.
- the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division Duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc.
- 5G fifth generation
- NR new radio
- long term evolution long term evolution
- LTE long term evolution
- LTE frequency division Duplex frequency division duplex
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
- D2D device to device
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- M2M machine to machine
- M2M machine type Communication
- MTC machine type communication
- IoT Internet of things
- Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
- the network architecture takes the 5G system (the 5th generation system, 5GS) as an example.
- the network architecture may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part.
- the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, An AMF network element, a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, and a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element.
- the part other than the (R)AN part may be referred to as the core network part.
- UE user equipment
- (wireless) access network equipment UPF network elements
- AMF network elements AMF network elements
- SMF network elements SMF network elements
- UDM network elements UDM network elements
- Each network element involved in FIG. 1 is briefly described below.
- the UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services.
- the UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
- non-access stratum non-access stratum
- the UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
- a UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal).
- the UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the UE.
- the (R)AN device can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network. Specifically, it can include wireless network devices in the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network, and can also include non-3GPP (non- 3GPP) access point in the network.
- 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP
- non-3GPP non- 3GPP
- AN devices may use different wireless access technologies.
- 3GPP access technologies for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems
- non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications.
- the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation Node Base station (gNB) or RAN equipment.
- Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc.
- the AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
- the AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side.
- the AN device provides access services for the terminal device, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
- the AN device communicates with the UE through an air interface, and transmits and receives data with the UPF through a tunnel.
- AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, WiMAX in (base station, BS), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G (eg, NR) system gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the AN device.
- (R)AN devices are collectively referred to as base stations hereinafter.
- UPF is a core network entity, which mainly provides user plane functions such as forwarding and processing of user packets, connection with DN, session anchor point, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy enforcement.
- the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the base station through the tunnel between the UPF and the base station.
- the UPF can also receive user plane data sent by the base station through the tunnel between the UPF and the base station, and forward it to the DN.
- the DN is mainly used in the operator's network that provides data services for the UE.
- the Internet Internet
- a third-party service network IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network
- IP multimedia service IP multi-media service, IMS
- An application server application server, AS
- AS application server
- the AMF is a core network entity and is used to manage the registration process, mobility process, and reachability of the UE.
- SMF is a core network entity, used to manage the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (session) of the UE, including the establishment, modification, and deletion of the PDU session, and the quality of service (QoS) in the PDU session ) flow (flow) establishment, modification, deletion, etc.
- protocol data unit protocol data unit
- QoS quality of service
- the UDM is a core network entity and is used to manage user subscription data.
- the function of UDM is similar to that of 4G home subscriber server (HSS).
- HSS home subscriber server
- the UDM in Figure 1 can also be understood as a combination of UDM and HSS functions.
- various network elements can communicate through interfaces.
- the interface between network elements may be a point-to-point interface or a service interface, which is not limited in this application.
- network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, and UDM shown in FIG. 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions, for example, they can be combined into network slices as required.
- These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
- Media can be understood as a certain media of a certain application, such as a video call of a video application; or, it can be understood as all media of a certain application, such as all media of a video application, including video calls, voice calls, text transmission, picture transmission, etc.; or, it can be understood as a certain application, such as a video application.
- Media can be identified by application identifier (APP ID); or, APP ID+media type to identify, where the media type can be: video call media, voice call media, text media, picture media, video playback media, or game media etc.
- APP ID application identifier
- APP ID+media type to identify, where the media type can be: video call media, voice call media, text media, picture media, video playback media, or game media etc.
- media can also be replaced by traffic flow, media flow, traffic, data flow, etc.
- Transferring the media from the first terminal to the second terminal may be understood as converting the data of the first media received or sent by the first terminal to be received or sent by the second terminal.
- the terminal can transmit media data with the AS through the access network device and UPF.
- each PDU session can initiate the establishment of a PDU session with the AS.
- the context information of each PDU session includes at least one of the following: IP address (IP address), data network name (data network name, DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI), session And business continuity (session and service continuity, SSC) mode (SSC mode), and session aggregate maximum bit rate (aggregate maximum bit rate, AMBR) (Session AMBR), etc.
- IP address IP address
- data network name data network name
- S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
- S-NSSAI session And business continuity
- SSC session And business continuity
- SSC session And business continuity
- session aggregate maximum bit rate aggregate maximum bit rate, AMBR
- a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session can be identified by a PDU session ID (PDU session ID, PSI).
- Each PDU session includes at least one QoS flow.
- the context information of each QoS flow includes at least one of the following: 5G service quality identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI), guaranteed flow bit rate (guaranteed flow bit rate, GFBR), maximum flow bit rate (maximum flow bit rate, MFBR), etc.
- 5G service quality identifier 5G QoS Identifier, 5QI
- guaranteed flow bit rate guaranteed flow bit rate
- GFBR guaranteed flow bit rate
- maximum flow bit rate maximum flow bit rate
- MFBR maximum flow bit rate
- QoS parameters can be identified by a QoS flow ID (QoS flow ID, QFI).
- QFI QoS flow ID
- the combination of PSI and QFI can uniquely determine a QoS flow.
- the access network device configures the DRB of the terminal, it needs to carry PSI and QFI in the configuration information to indicate that the DRB can be used to transmit data of the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI.
- the access network device can save the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB in the context of the terminal.
- the terminal may also use the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
- the APP in the terminal For media uplink data, after the APP in the terminal generates the data, it matches the data to the corresponding PDU session PSI, and uses the IP address corresponding to the PDU session PSI to compose an IP packet. Further, the terminal uses the IP address corresponding to the PDU session PSI.
- the QoS rule matches the IP packet to the QoS flow QFI in the PDU session PSI, and uses the DRB corresponding to the QoS flow QFI to transmit to the access network device. After receiving the data sent by the terminal through the DRB, the access network device sends the data through the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI according to the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
- the access network device For media downlink data, after receiving the data from the AS through the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI, the access network device sends the data through the DRB according to the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
- the PDU session PSI can be understood as the PDU session indicated by the PSI or the PDU session corresponding to the PSI or the PDU session whose PDU session identifier is PSI;
- the QoS flow QFI can be understood as the QoS flow indicated by the QFI or the QoS corresponding to the QFI The flow or QoS flow is identified as the QoS flow of QFI.
- context information may also be described as configuration information, configuration parameters, parameters, context parameters, corresponding information, and the like.
- the context information of the PDU session may also be replaced with configuration information of the PDU session, configuration parameters of the PDU session, parameters of the PDU session, context parameters of the PDU session, information corresponding to the PDU session, and the like.
- the context information of the QoS flow may also be replaced with configuration information of the QoS flow, configuration parameters of the QoS flow, parameters of the QoS flow, context parameters of the QoS flow, information corresponding to the QoS flow, and the like.
- the electronic device transferring the media is called the first terminal
- the electronic device transferring the media is called the second terminal
- the transferred (transferred or moved) media is called the first media.
- the first terminal establishes a direct communication path with the second terminal, and transfers the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal for display.
- the media of the mobile phone is displayed through the tablet computer.
- the first terminal needs to receive the data of the first media, and further, send the received data to the second terminal through a direct communication path, so the first terminal needs to always participate in the transmission process of the data of the first media . If the first terminal withdraws from the transmission of the data of the first media, the second terminal cannot continue to display the first media. The user experience is poor.
- the first terminal acquires the data of the first media through the application server.
- the second terminal can re-establish a connection with the application server for transmitting the data of the first media, and the first terminal can quit the transmission of the data of the first media.
- the user uses a certain account to watch a video through the first terminal, and then opens the tablet computer to continue watching the video with the same account. Since the last playback position is saved on the account, the user can continue to watch.
- the second terminal re-establishes a connection with the application server, there is a problem of a long service interruption time, and the user experience is poor.
- the present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting data, which can take the access network device as the anchor point, and realize the first media slave by changing the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal.
- the first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal.
- Both the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the first access network device.
- the first terminal and the second terminal may be in an idle state or a connected state, that is, the resident mentioned here may include the resident in the idle state or the resident in the connected state.
- Scenario 1 may be: when a user uses a video call application on a tablet computer (first terminal) to make a video call, and uses a mobile phone (second terminal) to play a video using a video player, the user can use the tablet computer (first terminal) The ongoing video call on the terminal) is transferred to the mobile phone (the second terminal).
- the present application does not limit the state of the second terminal, and the second terminal may be transmitting the media of the second terminal, or may not have an ongoing service.
- the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
- scenario 2 may be: after the user transfers the media of the tablet computer (first terminal) to the mobile phone (second terminal), the user leaves with the mobile phone (second terminal).
- the first terminal After the first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
- scenario 3 may be: after the user transfers the media of the tablet computer (first terminal) to the mobile phone (second terminal), the user leaves with the tablet computer (first terminal).
- the present application proposes the method shown in FIG. 2 .
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Method 200 may include at least some of the following.
- Step 201 the first terminal determines to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- both the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the first access network device.
- the first terminal Before transferring the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal transmits the data of the first media through the first DRB of the first terminal and the first QoS stream of the first session of the first terminal.
- the first terminal After the first terminal generates the data of the first media, it matches the data to the first session, and uses the IP address corresponding to the first session to form an IP packet. Further, the first terminal uses the QoS rule corresponding to the first session to The IP packet is matched to the first QoS flow in the first session, and is transmitted to the access network device using the first DRB corresponding to the first QoS flow; after receiving the data sent by the first terminal through the first DRB, the first The access network device sends the data through the first QoS flow of the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first DRB of the first terminal.
- the first access network device receives data from the AS through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, according to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first The corresponding relationship of the DRB, the data is sent to the first terminal through the first DRB of the first terminal.
- the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal may be understood as the first QoS flow of the first session established between the first terminal and the AS.
- the first DRB of the first terminal may be understood as the first DRB configured by the access network device for the first terminal.
- Sessions, QoS flows and DRBs of other terminals for example, the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, the second DRB of the second terminal, the second QoS flow of the second terminal's
- the third DRB has the same meaning, which will not be described in detail below.
- the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal may be represented by at least one of the following methods:
- PSI-1 and QFI-1 are two separate fields.
- the "+” here means to connect together, for example, UE-1 ID is 123, PSI-1 is 456, QFI-1 is 789, then UE-1 ID+PSI-1+QFI-1 is 123456789, or UE ID123PSI 456QFI 789.
- UE-1 ID is the identification of the first terminal
- PSI-1 is the identification of the first session
- QFI-1 is the identification of the first QoS flow.
- the first DRB of the first terminal may be represented by at least one of the following methods:
- UE-1 ID and DRB-1 are two separate fields.
- UE-1 ID is the identifier of the first terminal
- DRB-1 is the identifier of the first DRB
- the sessions and QoS flows of other terminals in this application can also use the same representation method, which will not be repeated below.
- DRBs of other terminals in this application may also be represented by the same representation method, which will not be described in detail below.
- Step 202 the first terminal sends second information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives the second information from the first terminal.
- the second information is used to request to transfer the media to the second terminal.
- the first terminal needs to perform a discovery process of the second terminal before sending the second message to the second terminal, for example, the second terminal broadcasts a discovery (discovery) message, and after the first terminal receives the discovery message Reply, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal; or, the first terminal broadcasts a request message, and the second terminal replies after receiving the request message, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal.
- the second terminal broadcasts a discovery (discovery) message, and after the first terminal receives the discovery message Reply, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal; or, the first terminal broadcasts a request message, and the second terminal replies after receiving the request message, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal.
- the second information may carry an identifier of the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, APP ID.
- Step 203 the second terminal sends third information to the first terminal.
- the first terminal receives the third information from the second terminal.
- the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identifier of the second terminal, and the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal.
- the second session is used for the second terminal to transmit data of the first media.
- the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located can be understood as the identity of the cell where the second terminal is currently camping (Camp on), such as NR cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI), NR physical layer cell ID (physical cell ID, PCI )wait.
- the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal is encrypted.
- the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal may be encrypted using an encryption key between the first access network device and the second terminal, for example, using packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer encryption The key is encrypted.
- packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol, PDCP
- the second terminal may determine whether to support or agree to transfer the media from the first terminal to the second terminal. For example, the second terminal may check whether an application corresponding to the media is installed in the second terminal, and if the corresponding application is installed, the second terminal supports or agrees that the first terminal transfers the media to the second terminal; or, the second terminal The terminal can maintain the running state of the current service of the second terminal. For example, when the second terminal is currently conducting a voice call, video call or real-time game, the second terminal refuses the first terminal to transfer the media to the second terminal.
- Step 204 the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives the first information from the first terminal.
- the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- the first information may include an identifier of the second terminal, an identifier of the first session of the first terminal, and an identifier of the first QoS flow of the first session.
- the first information in step 203 may also include the identifier of the second session.
- the first information in step 202 may also include the identifier of the first medium, so that the first access network device can send it to the second terminal later.
- the first terminal may also determine whether the first terminal and the second terminal are camped on according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located. stay in the same neighborhood.
- the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the same cell or the same access network device, the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
- the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in different cells or different access network devices, the first terminal does not send the first information.
- the identifier of the cell where the terminal is located may be understood as the identifier of the cell where the terminal resides.
- This application does not specifically limit the manner in which the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
- the first terminal may directly send the first information to the first access network device.
- the first terminal may send the first information to the first access network device through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- Step 205 the first access network device generates a third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generates a fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal.
- the fourth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- steps 206-207 may also be performed.
- Step 206 the first access network device sends fifth information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives fifth information from the first access network device.
- the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- Step 207 the second terminal sends sixth information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives sixth information from the second terminal.
- the sixth information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- the second terminal may send rejection information to the first access network device.
- the sixth information may carry the identifier of the second session.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the first AMF may also send the fifth information to the second terminal through the second AMF serving the second terminal. information, and the second terminal sends sixth information to the first AMF through the second AMF.
- Step 208 the first access network device acquires the eighth information.
- the eighth information includes the context information of the first session and the context information of the first QoS flow.
- the context information of the first session includes at least one of the following: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR.
- the context information of the first QoS flow includes at least one of the following: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
- the first access network device acquires the eighth information from the first SMF that provides services for the first terminal. For example, the first access network device may obtain the eighth information from the first SMF through the first AMF.
- the first access network device acquires the locally stored eighth information.
- the eighth information may be sent by the first SMF to the first access network device when the first QoS flow of the first session is established for the first terminal.
- Step 209 the first access network device sends fourth information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives fourth information from the first access network device.
- the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow.
- the context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session.
- the context information of the first QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second QoS flow.
- the identifier of the second session here may be assigned by the second terminal, or may be pre-configured in the first access network device, for example, a fixed value is used for the identifier of the second session in the first access network device , for example, 0.
- the identifier of the second QoS flow may be allocated by the first access network device or preconfigured in the first access network device.
- the fourth information may further include the identifier of the first media.
- the fourth information may also include context information of the second DRB, so as to configure the second DRB for the second terminal.
- Step 210 the second terminal determines the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow according to the fourth information, and generates a first corresponding relationship.
- the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal.
- the second terminal determines the context information of the second session according to the context information of the first session, and determines the context information of the second QoS flow according to the context information of the first QoS flow.
- the context information of the second session is the same as the context information of the first session, and/or the context information of the second QoS flow is the same as the context information of the first QoS flow.
- context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow may be locally generated by the second terminal, or may be configured by the first access network device for the second terminal, which are not limited in this application.
- steps 201-210 the configuration process of transferring the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal is completed.
- the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 211-212.
- Step 211 the first access network device receives the first downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- Step 212 the first access network device sends the first downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
- the third corresponding relationship reference may be made to step 205, which will not be repeated here.
- the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 213-216.
- Step 213 the second terminal acquires the first uplink data of the first medium.
- Step 214 the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- Step 215 the second terminal sends the first uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the first correspondence.
- the first corresponding relationship reference may be made to step 210, which will not be repeated here.
- Step 216 the first access network device sends the first uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the fourth corresponding relationship reference may be made to step 205, which will not be repeated here.
- the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal can be changed with the first access network device as the anchor point, that is, the AS The data transmission channel to the first access network device remains unchanged, and the data transmission between the access network device and the terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second
- the terminal implements the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal.
- the first terminal can exit or maintain the method for data transmission of the first media, and ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
- the present application proposes the methods shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 .
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Method 300 may include at least some of the following.
- Step 301 the second terminal determines a third session and a third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
- the second terminal determines whether the third session and the third QoS flow have been established on the second terminal according to the second terminal's context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow. If the third session and/or the third QoS flow is not established on the second terminal, the second terminal may establish the third session and/or the third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and/or the context information of the second QoS flow flow.
- the context information of the third session is the same as the context information of the second session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is the same as the context information of the second QoS flow.
- Step 302 the second terminal generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
- the tenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, and the second DRB of the second terminal.
- Step 303 the second terminal sends seventh information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives the seventh information sent by the second terminal.
- the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB of the second terminal corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Step 304 the first access network device generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
- the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Step 305 the first access network device determines to switch the second terminal to the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines that the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines to handover the second terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the second terminal.
- step 305 is an optional step.
- FIG. 8 takes step 305 as an example.
- Step 306 the first access network device sends tenth information to the first UPF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the first UPF receives the tenth information from the first access network device.
- the tenth information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
- the first access network device sends the tenth information to the second AMF that provides services for the second terminal.
- the second AMF sends the received tenth information to the first AMF.
- the first AMF sends the received tenth information to the first SMF.
- the first SMF sends the received tenth information to the first UPF. It should be noted that if the tenth information to be received by the second AMF does not carry the IP address of the third session, the second AMF may obtain the IP address of the third session from the second SMF providing services for the second terminal, and It is sent to the first UPF along with the tenth information.
- Step 307 the first UPF modifies the IP address of the data of the first QoS flow in the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
- Step 308 the first access network device sends the eleventh information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives the eleventh information from the first access network device.
- the eleventh information is used to indicate to delete the second session and the second QoS flow.
- Step 309 the second terminal generates a second correspondence according to the eleventh information, and deletes the second session and the second QoS flow.
- the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the deletion of the second session and the second QoS flow here may be understood as deleting the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
- steps 306 to 309 can be implemented by the steps in the process of switching the second terminal to the second access network device.
- steps 306 to 309 can be implemented by the steps in the process of switching the second terminal to the second access network device.
- FIG. 10 Operations of the second access network device when the second terminal switches to the second access network device are not shown in FIG. 8 .
- the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 310-311.
- Step 310 the second access network device receives the second downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the second terminal is handed over from the first access network device to the second access network device.
- Step 311 the second access network device sends second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the third DRB is the DRB configured by the second access network device for the second terminal when the second terminal switches from the first access network device to the second access network device, and the third DRB can be used to transmit the Data of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 312-315.
- Step 312 the second terminal acquires second uplink data of the first medium.
- Step 313 the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- Step 314 the second terminal sends the second uplink data to the second access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the second correspondence.
- the second correspondence reference may be made to step 309 , which will not be repeated here.
- Step 315 the second access network device sends the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- step 305 the second access network device in steps 310-315 above can be replaced by the first access network device, and the third DRB is the first access network device and the second The DRB configured by the terminal, the third DRB may be used to transmit the data of the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method 400 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Method 400 may include at least some of the following.
- Step 401 the first access network device determines to switch the second terminal to the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines that the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines to handover the second terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the second terminal.
- Step 402 the first access network device sends the thirteenth information to the second access network device according to the fourth correspondence.
- the second access network device receives the thirteenth information from the first access network device.
- the fourth correspondence includes the correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal, the second QoS of the second session of the second terminal, and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- the thirteenth information includes the first indication information, the context information of the second DRB of the second terminal, and the first configuration information.
- the first indication information is used to indicate to establish the first forwarding tunnel for the second DRB of the second terminal.
- the first configuration information is configuration information of the first access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
- the first access network device sends the thirteenth information to the second access network device through a handover request.
- Step 403 the second access network device generates an eighth corresponding relationship according to the thirteenth information.
- the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB of the second terminal.
- Step 404 the second access network device sends fourteenth information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives fourteenth information from the second access network device.
- the fourteenth information includes the context information of the third DRB and the second configuration information.
- the context information of the third DRB is used by the first access network device to configure the third DRB for the second terminal.
- the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB, for example, the context information of the third DRB is the same as the context information of the second DRB.
- the second configuration information is configuration information of the second access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
- Step 405 the first access network device generates a sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
- the sixth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
- Step 406 the first access network device sends fifteenth information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives fifteenth information from the first access network device.
- the fifteenth information includes the context information of the third DRB, the identifier of the second session, and the identifier of the second QoS flow.
- Step 407 the second terminal generates a twelfth correspondence according to the fifteenth information.
- the twelfth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
- the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 408-410.
- Step 408 the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- Step 409 the first access network device sends the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the sixth correspondence.
- the sixth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
- Step 410 the second access network device sends third downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the eighth correspondence.
- the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 411-415.
- Step 411 the second terminal acquires third uplink data of the first medium.
- Step 412 the second terminal determines to send the third uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- the second terminal determines to send the third uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- Step 413 the second terminal sends third uplink data to the second access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the twelfth correspondence.
- the twelfth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
- Step 414 the second access network device sends the third uplink data to the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the eighth correspondence.
- Step 415 the first access network device sends the third uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the sixth correspondence.
- the present application proposes the methods shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 .
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method 500 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Method 500 may include at least some of the following.
- Step 501 the second terminal determines a third session and a third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
- Step 502 the second terminal generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
- the tenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, and the second DRB of the second terminal.
- Step 503 the second terminal sends seventh information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives the seventh information sent by the second terminal.
- the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB of the second terminal corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Step 504 the first access network device generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
- the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Steps 501-504 are the same as steps 301-304 in FIG. 3 , for a more detailed description, reference may be made to steps 301-304 , which will not be repeated here.
- Step 505 the first access network device determines to switch the first terminal to the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines that the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
- the first access network device determines to handover the first terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the first terminal.
- Step 506 the first access network device sends tenth information to the first UPF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the first UPF receives the tenth information from the first access network device.
- the tenth information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
- Step 507 the first UPF modifies the IP address of the data of the first QoS flow in the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
- Step 508 the first access network device sends the eleventh information to the second terminal.
- the second terminal receives the eleventh information from the first access network device.
- the eleventh information is used to indicate to delete the second session and the second QoS flow.
- Steps 506-508 are the same as steps 306-308 in FIG. 3 , for a more detailed description, reference may be made to steps 306-308 , which will not be repeated here.
- Step 509 the second terminal generates a thirteenth correspondence according to the eleventh information, and deletes the second session and the second QoS flow.
- the thirteenth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 510-511.
- Step 510 the first access network device receives fifth downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Step 511 the first access network device sends fifth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the eleventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 512-515.
- Step 512 the second terminal acquires fifth uplink data of the first medium.
- Step 513 the second terminal determines to send fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- the second terminal determines to send the fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
- Step 514 the second terminal sends fifth uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the thirteenth correspondence.
- the thirteenth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- Step 515 the first access network device sends fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal according to the eleventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the first access network device configures a new third DRB for the second terminal to transmit the data of the third QoS flow of the third session
- the first access network device also generates the fifteenth Corresponding relationship
- the second terminal further generates a sixteenth corresponding relationship, where the fifteenth corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the sixteenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- the first access network device sends the fifth downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifteenth correspondence in the context of the second terminal; According to the sixteenth corresponding relationship, the second terminal sends the fifth uplink data to the first access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal; in step 515, the first access network device Fifteen correspondences, the fifth uplink data is sent through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 600 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Method 600 may include at least some of the following.
- Step 601 the first access network device determines to switch the first terminal to the second access network device.
- the first access network device determines that the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
- the first access network device determines to handover the first terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the first terminal.
- Step 602 the first access network device sends sixteenth information to the third access network device according to the fourth correspondence.
- the third access network device receives the sixteenth information from the first access network device.
- the fourth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the first terminal, the second QoS of the second session of the second terminal, and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- the sixteenth information includes third indication information and third configuration information.
- the third indication information is used to indicate to establish the second forwarding tunnel for the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- the third configuration information is configuration information of the first access network device for the second forwarding tunnel.
- the first access network device sends the sixteenth information to the third access network device through a handover request.
- Step 603 the third access network device generates a ninth corresponding relationship according to the sixteenth information.
- the ninth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second forwarding tunnel and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- Step 604 the third access network device sends fourth configuration information to the first access network device.
- the first access network device receives fourth configuration information from the third access network device.
- the fourth configuration information is configuration information of the third access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
- Step 605 the first access network device generates a seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the seventh correspondence includes the correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the second forwarding tunnel.
- the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 606-608.
- Step 606 the third access network device receives fourth downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- Step 607 the third access network device sends fourth downlink data to the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel according to the ninth correspondence.
- the ninth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the second forwarding tunnel.
- Step 608 the first access network device sends fourth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the seventh correspondence.
- the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 609-613.
- Step 609 the second terminal acquires fourth uplink data of the first medium.
- Step 610 the second terminal determines to send fourth uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- the second terminal determines to send the fourth uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
- Step 611 the second terminal sends fourth uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the first correspondence.
- the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
- Step 612 the first access network device sends fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel according to the seventh correspondence.
- Step 613 the third access network device sends fourth uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the ninth correspondence.
- AMF-1, SMF-1, and UPF-1 are core network entities providing services for UE1
- AMF-2 and SMF-2 are core network entities providing services for UE2.
- AMF-1 and AMF-2 may be the same or different; SMF-1 and SMF-2 may be the same or different.
- UE1, UE2, base station-A, base station-B, base station-C, AMF-1, SMF-1, UPF-1, AMF-2, SMF-2 respectively correspond to the above A terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, a first SMF, a first UPF, a second AMF, and a second SMF.
- Example 1 The method shown in Example 1 can be applied to Scenario 1 described above.
- FIG. 7 shows a change of a transmission path of media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application.
- AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1
- AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
- the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 1 to path 2 .
- Path 1 UE-1 and UE-2 transmit their respective media data, UE-1 communicates with AS-1 through base station-A, UPF-1, UE-2 communicates with AS-1 through base station-A, UPF-1 2 to communicate.
- Path 2 For the media data of UE-1, with base station-A as the anchor point, the data transmission channel from AS-1 to base station-A remains unchanged, and the data transmission channel from base station-A to UE-1 is changed to the base station -A to UE-2. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A through the data transmission channel of UE-1, and base station-A transmits the received media data of UE-1 through the data transmission channel of UE-2 Transmitted to UE-2.
- the present application provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 8 .
- Fig. 8 is an example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Step 801 UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
- the first request message may correspond to the second information described above.
- the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first request message carries an application (application, APP) identifier (identity, ID) corresponding to the media.
- Step 802 UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
- UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
- the first response message may correspond to the above-mentioned third information.
- the first response message includes the identifier of UE-2, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located, and the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- the identifier of UE-2 is information that can uniquely determine UE-2, for example, the identifier of UE-2 may be 5G-GUTI, TMSI, C-RNTI, etc.
- the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located is information that can uniquely determine the cell where UE-2 is located, for example, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located may be NCGI or PCI.
- PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- UE-2 can encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 can use The encryption key between the base station and UE-2 encrypts PSI-2.
- Step 803 UE-1 sends a second request message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the second request message from UE-1.
- the second request message may correspond to the first information described above.
- the second request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the second request message includes the identifier of UE-2, the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and the information of the QoS flow (QoS flow) corresponding to the media.
- the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media may include PSI-1, QFI-1, and the QoS rule (QoS rule) corresponding to the media, where PSI-1 is the identification of the PDU session used to transmit the data of the media of UE-1 , QFI-1 is the identifier of the QoS flow used to transmit the media data of UE-1.
- the second request message is a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message.
- RRC radio resource control
- base station-A may decrypt PSI-2, and verify the legitimacy of UE-1 transferring the media to UE-2.
- Step 804 base station-A sends a third request message to AMF-1.
- AMF-1 receives the third request message from base station-A.
- the third request message is used to request media-related information.
- the third request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
- Step 805 AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
- the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information.
- the fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
- Step 806 SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
- AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
- the fourth response message includes media-related information.
- the media-related information includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1.
- the information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR.
- the information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
- Step 807 AMF-1 sends a third response message to base station-A.
- the base station-A third response message includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1.
- the information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR.
- the information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
- Step 808 base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
- the first configuration message is used to configure DRB-2 for UE-2, and DRB-2 is used to transmit media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first configuration message carries fourth information, and the fourth information includes at least one of the following information: PSI-2, information corresponding to PSI-1, QFI-2, information corresponding to QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to media.
- QFI-2 is an identifier of a QoS flow of UE-2 used for transmitting media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- the PSI-2 and QFI-2 are carried in the SDAP header of the first configuration message.
- QFI-2 is the same as QFI-1.
- Step 809 base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
- base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1, and records the fourth correspondence in the context of UE-2.
- the third correspondence is The fourth correspondence is
- Step 810 UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
- the QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 include information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2.
- the information corresponding to PSI-2 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR, etc., where the IP address is the IP address of UE-1.
- the information corresponding to the QFI-2 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, MFBR, and QoS rules, where the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- UE-2 may save the first correspondence:
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1 according to the fourth correspondence, and then by UPF-1 sends to AS-1.
- base station-A After base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the third correspondence.
- first response message in step 802 and the second request message in step 803 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- base station-A may use the preset PSI (for example, 0). In other words, UE-2 may not allocate PSI-2.
- the first request message in step 801 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media.
- An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to base station-A, and then base station-A sends it to UE -2, for example, UE-1 may send the application identifier to base station-A through the second request message in step 803, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 808.
- the base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network, that is, steps 804-807 may not be performed.
- An alternative solution is that the base station-A obtains and sends the media information according to the QoS profile (QoS profile).
- Media-related information, wherein the QoS configuration file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
- base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2.
- the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- PSI-2 virtual PDU session
- QFI-2 received information
- the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1
- the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- the present application also provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 9 .
- Fig. 9 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
- Step 901 UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
- the first request message may correspond to the second information described above.
- the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
- Step 902 UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
- UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
- the first response message may correspond to the above-mentioned third information.
- the first response message includes the identifier of UE-2, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located, and the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- the identifier of UE-2 is information that can uniquely determine UE-2, for example, the identifier of UE-2 may be 5G-GUTI, TMSI, C-RNTI, etc.
- the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located is information that can uniquely determine the cell where UE-2 is located, for example, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located may be NCGI.
- PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- UE-2 can encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 can use The encryption key between the base station and UE-2 encrypts PSI-2.
- Step 903 UE-1 sends a fifth request message to AMF-1.
- AMF-1 receives the fifth request message from UE-1.
- the fifth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the fifth request message includes the identifier of UE-2, the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media.
- the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media may include PSI-1, QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to the media, where PSI-1 is the identifier of the PDU session used to transmit the data of the media of UE-1, and QFI-1 It is the identifier of the QoS flow used to transmit the media data of UE-1.
- the fifth request message is a NAS message.
- Step 904 AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
- the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information.
- the media-related information may include the second information above.
- the fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
- Step 905 SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
- AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
- the fourth response message includes media-related information.
- the media-related information includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1.
- the information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR.
- the information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
- Step 906 AMF-1 sends a sixth request message to base station-A.
- the sixth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the sixth request message includes the identifier of UE-2, PSI-2, information corresponding to PSI-1, and information corresponding to QFI-1.
- the information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR.
- the information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
- base station-A may decrypt PSI-2, and verify the legitimacy of UE-1 transferring the media to UE-2.
- Step 907 base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
- the first configuration message is used to configure DRB-2 for UE-2, and DRB-2 is used to transmit media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first configuration message includes fourth information, and the fourth information includes at least one of the following information: information corresponding to PSI-2 and PSI-1, information corresponding to QFI-2 and QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to media.
- QFI-2 is an identifier of a QoS flow of UE-2 used for transmitting media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- the PSI-2 and QFI-2 are carried in the SDAP header of the first configuration message.
- QFI-2 is the same as QFI-1.
- Step 908 base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
- base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1, and records the fourth correspondence in the context of UE-2.
- the third correspondence is The fourth correspondence is
- Step 909 UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
- the QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 include information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2.
- the information corresponding to PSI-2 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR, etc., where the IP address is the IP address of UE-1.
- the information corresponding to the QFI-2 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, MFBR, and QoS rules, where the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- UE-2 may save the first correspondence:
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1 according to the fourth correspondence, and then by UPF-1 sends to AS-1.
- base station-A After base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the third correspondence.
- the first response message in step 902, the fifth request message in step 903, and the sixth request message in step 906 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, an alternative solution A preset PSI (eg, 0) may be used for base station-A. In other words, UE-2 may not allocate PSI-2.
- PSI preset PSI
- the first request message in step 901 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media.
- An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to AMF-1, and AMF-1 sends it to base station- A, then sent by base station-A to UE-2, for example, UE-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the fifth request message in step 903, and AMF-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the sixth request message in step 906
- the message sends the application identifier to base station-A, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 907 .
- base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network.
- An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and sends media-related information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile), wherein the QoS configuration
- QoS profile QoS profile
- the file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
- base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2.
- the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- PSI-2 virtual PDU session
- QFI-2 received information
- the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1
- the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- the present application also provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 10 .
- Fig. 10 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Step 1001 UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
- the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
- Step 1002 UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
- UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
- the first response message includes the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located.
- the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
- Step 1003 UE-1 sends a second request message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the second request message from UE-1.
- the second request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the second request message includes the identifier of UE-2 and the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media.
- FIG. 8 For a detailed description of the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
- the second request message is an RRC message.
- Step 1004 base station-A sends a seventh request message to UE-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the second request message.
- UE-2 receives the seventh request message from base station-A.
- the seventh request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the seventh request message carries the identifier of UE-1.
- Step 1005 UE-2 determines whether to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the data of the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- UE-2 may encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 PSI-2 may be encrypted using an encryption key between the base station and UE-2.
- Step 1006 UE-2 sends a seventh response message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the seventh response message from UE-2.
- the seventh response message is used to instruct UE-2 to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the seventh response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- Step 1007 base station-A sends a third request message to AMF-1.
- AMF-1 receives the third request message from base station-A.
- Step 1008 AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
- Step 1009 SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
- AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
- Step 1010 AMF-1 sends a third response message to base station-A.
- Step 1011 base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
- Step 1012 base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
- Step 1013 UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
- AS-1 may transmit the media generated data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 to UE-2.
- Steps 1007-1013 are the same as steps 804-810, and reference may be made to the description of steps 804-810, which will not be repeated here.
- the seventh response message in step 1006 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- An alternative solution is the first response message in step 1002 and the second response message in step 1003.
- the request message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and another alternative solution is that base station-A can use a preset PSI (for example, 0).
- the first request message in step 1001 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media.
- An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to base station-A, and then base station-A sends it to UE -2, for example, UE-1 may send the application identifier to base station-A through the second request message in step 1003, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 1011.
- base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network, that is, steps 1007-1010 may not be performed.
- An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and transmits media information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile). Media-related information, wherein the QoS configuration file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
- base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2.
- PDU session parameters corresponding to PSI-1, and QoS flow parameters corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- PSI-2 virtual PDU session
- QFI-2 received information
- the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1
- the QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- base station-A inquires whether UE-2 agrees to transfer UE-1's media to UE-2, which helps to avoid the impact of UE-1's misoperation on UE-2, thereby Make the media transfer process more accurate.
- the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 11 .
- Fig. 11 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- Step 1101 UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
- the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
- Step 1102 UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
- UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
- the first response message includes the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located.
- the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
- Step 1103 UE-1 sends a fifth request message to AMF-1.
- AMF-1 receives the fifth request message from UE-1.
- the fifth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the fifth request message includes the identifier of UE-2 and information about the QoS flow corresponding to the media.
- FIG. 8 For a detailed description of the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
- the fifth request message is a NAS message.
- Step 1104 AMF-1 sends an eighth request message to AMF-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the fifth request message.
- AMF-2 receives the eighth request message from AMF-1.
- the eighth request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the eighth request message carries the identity of UE-1 and the identity of UE-2.
- Step 1105 AMF-2 sends a ninth request message to UE-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the eighth request message.
- UE-2 receives the ninth request message from AMF-2.
- the ninth request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the ninth request message carries the identifier of UE-1.
- Step 1106 UE-2 determines whether to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the data of the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2.
- UE-2 may encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 PSI-2 may be encrypted using an encryption key between the base station and UE-2.
- Step 1107 UE-2 sends a ninth response message to AMF-2.
- AMF-2 receives the ninth response message from UE-2.
- the ninth response message is used to indicate that UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the ninth response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- Step 1108 AMF-2 sends an eighth response message to AMF-1.
- AMF-1 receives the eighth response message from AMF-2.
- the eighth response message is used to indicate that UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
- the eighth response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- Step 1109 AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
- the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information.
- the media-related information may include the second information above.
- the fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
- Step 1110 SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
- AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
- Step 1111 AMF-1 sends a sixth request message to base station-A.
- Step 1112 base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
- UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
- Step 1113 base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
- Step 1114 UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
- AS-1 may transmit the media generated data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 to UE-2.
- Steps 1109-1114 are the same as steps 904-909, and reference may be made to the description of steps 904-909, which will not be repeated here.
- the ninth response message in step 1107 and the eighth response message in step 1108 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- An alternative solution is that the PSI-2 in step 1102 A response message, the fifth request message in step 1103, and the sixth request message in step 1111 carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
- base station-A can use a preset PSI (for example, 0 ).
- the first request message in step 1101 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media.
- An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to AMF-1, and AMF-1 sends it to base station- A, then sent by base station-A to UE-2, for example, UE-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the fifth request message in step 1103, and AMF-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the sixth request message in step 1111
- the message sends the application identifier to base station-A, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 1112 .
- base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network.
- An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and sends media-related information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile), wherein the QoS configuration
- QoS profile QoS profile
- the file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
- base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2.
- the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- PSI-2 virtual PDU session
- QFI-2 received information
- the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1
- the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- AMF-2 asks whether UE-2 agrees to transfer UE-1's media to UE-2, which helps to avoid the impact of UE-1's misoperation on UE-2, thereby Make the media transfer process more accurate.
- FIG. 12 shows a change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application.
- AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1
- AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2
- UPF-1 is a UPF providing services for UE-1 and UE-2.
- Path 2 Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
- Path 3 For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-1 and base station-A is changed to the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-2 and base station-B. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to UPF-1, and UPF-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B through the data transmission channel of UE-2, and base station-B will receive The media data of UE-1 is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
- the present application provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 13 .
- Fig. 13 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
- UE-2 Before executing the method shown in Figure 13, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8-FIG. 8 .
- Step 1301 UE-2 determines whether there is a PDU session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and whether there is a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 .
- UE-2 determines whether there is a real PDU session PSI-3 or QoS flow QFI corresponding to the virtual PDU session PSI-2 and QoS flow QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 -3.
- UE-2 determines that there is no session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and/or QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2, UE-2 performs step 1302 .
- UE-2 determines that there is a session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and/or a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2, then UE-2 executes step 1303, that is, skips step 1302.
- step 1302 UE-2 initiates the establishment process of PDU session PSI-3 and/or the establishment process of QoS flow QFI-3.
- UE-2 establishes PDU session PSI-3 and/or QoS flow QFI-3 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2.
- the information corresponding to PSI-3 is the same as the information corresponding to PSI-2
- the information corresponding to QFI-3 is the same as the information corresponding to QFI-2.
- Step 1303, UE-2 generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
- UE-2 may obtain the tenth correspondence by updating the first correspondence.
- Step 1304 UE-2 reports seventh information to base station-A.
- the seventh information is used to indicate that DBR-2 corresponds to PSI-3 and QFI-3 of UE-2.
- UE-2 transmits the seventh information through an uplink transport.
- Step 1305 base station-A generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
- the base station-A may update the fourth correspondence according to the seventh information, and the updated fourth correspondence is the eleventh correspondence.
- Step 1306, UE-2 reports a measurement report (measurement report) according to the configuration of base station-A.
- the base station-A determines the process of initiating a handover of the base station according to the measurement report sent by the UE-2.
- Step 1308, base station-A generates a first handover message according to the eleventh correspondence.
- the first handover message includes the seventh information, PSI-3, the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the medium).
- the first handover message is handover required
- the Source to Target transparent container (Source to Target transparent container) field contains the seventh information
- the PDU session IDs (PDU session IDs) field contains PSI-3
- the first The handover message additionally carries the identity of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or QoS rules corresponding to the media).
- Step 1309 base station-A sends a first handover message to AMF-2.
- AMF-2 receives the first handover message from base station-A.
- Step 1310 AMF-2 sends a tenth request message to AMF-1 according to the identifier of UE-1 in the first handover message.
- AMF-1 receives the tenth request message from AMF-2.
- the tenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the tenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to QFI-3 of UE-2.
- the IP address corresponding to the QFI-3 of the UE-2 may be the IP address of the UE-2 or the IP address of the QFI-3 of the UE-2.
- the IP address corresponding to QFI-3 of UE-2 may be acquired by AMF-2 from SMF-2.
- Step 1311 AMF-1 sends an eleventh request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the eleventh request message from AMF-1.
- the eleventh request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the eleventh request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- Step 1312 SMF-1 sends a twelfth request message to UPF-1.
- UPF-1 receives the twelfth request message from SMF-1.
- the twelfth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the twelfth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- UPF-1 modifies the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3 according to the twelfth request message.
- the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 may be the data of the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 or the data conforming to the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- Step 1314 UE-2, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2 complete subsequent handover procedures.
- base station-B may record the fifth correspondence in the context of UE-2.
- the fifth corresponding relationship is:
- Step 1315 UE-2 deletes the PDU session corresponding to PSI-2 and the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-2, and generates a second corresponding relationship.
- UE-2 may obtain the second correspondence by updating the tenth correspondence.
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-3 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-3 and sent to base station-B through DRB-3; base station-B sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-3 and QFI-3 according to the fifth correspondence, and then sent by UPF-1 sends to AS-1.
- base station-B After base station-B receives data through PSI-3 and QFI-3, base station-B sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the fifth correspondence.
- FIG. 14 shows another change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application.
- AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1
- AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
- Path 2 Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
- Path 3 For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel from AS-1 to base station-A remains unchanged. After the media data of UE-1 is transmitted to base station-A, base station-A communicates with base station-A through base station-A. The data transmission channel between base stations-B transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A, base station-A transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B, and base station-B transmits the received media data of UE-1 The data is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
- the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 15 .
- Fig. 15 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- UE-2 Before executing the method shown in Figure 15, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 11 .
- Step 1501 UE-2 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
- Step 1502 base station-A determines the procedure of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-2.
- Step 1503 base station-A generates a second handover message according to the fourth correspondence.
- the second handover message includes the first indication information, the second indication information, the context information of the DRB-2, and the configuration information of the forwarding tunnel for the PSI-2 of the base station-A.
- the first indication information is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel for PSI-2.
- the second indication information is used to indicate that DBR-2 corresponds to PSI-2 and QFI-2.
- forwarding tunnel-1 the forwarding tunnel involved here is referred to as forwarding tunnel-1 hereinafter.
- the second handover message is a handover request.
- Step 1504 base station-A sends a second handover message to base station-B.
- base station-B receives the second handover message from base station-A.
- Step 1505 base station-B generates an eighth correspondence.
- the eighth corresponding relationship is: forwarding tunnel
- Step 1506 base station-B sends a second handover response message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the second handover response message from base station-B.
- the second handover response message includes configuration information of DRB-3, information indicating handover success, and configuration information of base station-B for forwarding tunnel-1.
- the second handover response message is handover request acknowledge.
- Step 1507 base station-A generates a sixth correspondence in the context of UE-1.
- the base station-A obtains the sixth correspondence by updating the third correspondence.
- Step 1508 UE-2, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2, and UPF-1 complete subsequent handover procedures.
- Step 1509 UE-2 generates a twelfth correspondence.
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-B through DRB-3; base station-B sends the received data to base station-A through forwarding tunnel-1 according to the eighth correspondence, and base station-A according to the eighth correspondence
- Six correspondences Send data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1, and then send data to AS-1 by UPF-1.
- base station-A For the downlink, when base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to base station-B through forwarding tunnel-1 according to the sixth correspondence, and base station-B Send the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the eighth correspondence.
- base station-A and the base station-B can communicate through the interface. If there is no communication interface between base station-A and base station-B, base station-A and base station-B can communicate through AMF. Taking the second handover message as an example, base station-A can send the second handover message to AMF-1 , sent by AMF-1 to AMF-2, and then sent to base station-B by AMF-2.
- Example 7 can be applied to Scenario 3 described above.
- FIG. 16 shows a change of the transmission path of media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application.
- AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1
- AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
- Path 2 Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
- Path 5 For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-1 and base station-A is changed to the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-2 and base station-A. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to UPF-1, and UPF-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A through the data transmission channel of UE-2, and base station-A will receive The media data of UE-1 is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
- the present application provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 17 .
- Fig. 17 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- UE-2 Before executing the method shown in Figure 17, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 .
- Step 1701 UE-2 determines whether there is a PDU session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and whether there is a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 .
- step 1702 UE-2 initiates the establishment process of PDU session PSI-3 and/or the establishment process of QoS flow QFI-3.
- Step 1703 UE-2 generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
- Step 1704 UE-2 reports seventh information to base station-A.
- Step 1705 base station-A generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
- Steps 1701-1705 are the same as steps 1301-1305, and reference may be made to the description of steps 1301-1305, which will not be repeated here.
- Step 1706 UE-1 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
- Step 1707 base station-A determines the procedure of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-1.
- Step 1708 base station-A generates a thirteenth request message according to the eleventh correspondence.
- the thirteenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the thirteenth request message includes PSI-3, the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the medium).
- Step 1709 base station-A sends a thirteenth request message to AMF-2.
- AMF-2 receives the thirteenth request message from base station-A.
- Step 1710 AMF-2 sends a fourteenth request message to SMF-2.
- SMF-2 receives the fourteenth request message from AMF-1.
- the fourteenth request message is used for requesting activation of PSI-3 and requesting the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the fourteenth request message is Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Request.
- Step 1711 SMF-2 activates PSI-3, and sends a fourteenth response message to AMF-2.
- AMF-2 receives the fourteenth response message from SMF-2.
- the fourteenth response message includes the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the fourteenth response message is Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Response.
- Step 1712 AMF-2 sends a fifteenth request message to AMF-1 according to the identifier of UE-1 in the thirteenth request message.
- AMF-1 receives the fifteenth request message from AMF-2.
- the fifteenth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the fifteenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- Step 1713 AMF-1 sends a sixteenth request message to SMF-1.
- SMF-1 receives the sixteenth request message from AMF-1.
- the sixteenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the sixteenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- Step 1714 SMF-1 sends a seventeenth request message to UPF-1.
- UPF-1 receives the seventeenth request message from SMF-1.
- the seventeenth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- the seventeenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
- Step 1715 UPF-1 modifies the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3 according to the seventeenth request message.
- the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 may be the data of the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 or the data conforming to the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
- Step 1716 the second AMF sends a thirteenth response message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the thirteenth response message from the second AMF.
- the thirteenth response message includes relevant information of PSI-3.
- Step 1717 base station-A sends a second configuration message to UE-2 according to the relevant information of PSI-3 and the context information of DRB-2.
- UE-2 receives the second configuration message from base station-A.
- the second configuration message is used to configure DRB-3.
- the second configuration message is an RRC connection reconfiguration message (RRC connection reconfiguration).
- Base station-A may record the fifteenth correspondence in the context of UE-2.
- the fifteenth corresponding relationship is:
- Step 1718 UE-2 deletes the PDU session corresponding to PSI-2 and the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-2, and generates a sixteenth corresponding relationship.
- UE-2 may obtain the sixteenth correspondence by updating the tenth correspondence.
- Step 1719 UE-1, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2 complete the subsequent handover procedure.
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-3 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-3 and sent to base station-A through DRB-3; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-3 and QFI-3 according to the fifteenth corresponding relationship, and then Sent by UPF-1 to AS-1.
- base station-A After base station-A receives data through PSI-3 and QFI-3, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the fifteenth correspondence.
- Example 8 can be applied to Scenario 3 described above.
- FIG. 18 shows another change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application.
- AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1
- AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
- Path 2 Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
- Path 3 AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-C, base station-C transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A, and base station-A transmits the received media data of UE-1 The data is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
- the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 19 .
- Fig. 19 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
- UE-2 Before executing the method shown in Figure 19, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 11 .
- Step 1901 UE-1 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
- base station-A determines a process of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-1.
- Step 1903 base station-A generates a third handover message according to the fourth correspondence.
- the third handover message includes third indication information and configuration information of the forwarding tunnel of the base station-A for the QFI-1 of the PSI-1.
- the third indication information is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel for QFI-1 of PSI-1.
- the forwarding tunnel involved here is referred to as forwarding tunnel-2 hereinafter.
- the third handover message is a handover request.
- Step 1904 base station-A sends a third handover message to base station-C.
- base station-C receives the third handover message from base station-A.
- Step 1905 base station-C generates a ninth correspondence.
- the ninth corresponding relationship is: forwarding tunnel
- Step 1906 base station-C sends a third handover response message to base station-A.
- base station-A receives the third handover response message from base station-C.
- the third handover response message includes configuration information of base station-C for forwarding tunnel-2.
- the third handover response message is handover request acknowledge.
- Step 1907 base station-A generates a seventh correspondence in the context of UE-2.
- the seventh corresponding relationship is: forwarding tunnel
- the base station-A obtains the seventh correspondence by updating the fourth correspondence.
- Step 1908 UE-1, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2, UPF-1 complete the subsequent handover procedure.
- UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media
- the generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to base station-C through forwarding tunnel-2 according to the seventh correspondence, and base station-C transmits the received data to base station-C according to the seventh correspondence
- base station-C transmits the received data to base station-C according to the seventh correspondence
- base station-C For the downlink, when base station-C receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-C sends the received data to base station-A through forwarding tunnel-2 according to the ninth correspondence, and base station-A Send the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the seventh correspondence.
- base station-A and the base station-C may communicate through the interface. If there is no communication interface between base station-A and base station-C, base station-A and base station-C can communicate through AMF, taking the third handover message as an example, base station-A can send the third handover message to AMF-1 , sent by AMF-1 to AMF-2, and then sent to base station-C by AMF-2.
- the apparatus in FIG. 20 or FIG. 21 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
- FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These devices can be used to implement the functions of the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF in the above method embodiments , so the beneficial effects possessed by the above method embodiments can also be realized.
- the device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2010 and a processing unit 2020 .
- the processing unit 2020 is used to: determine to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is configured to: the first access network device sends first information, the first information is used to request to transfer the first medium to the second terminal, and the first information includes the second terminal.
- the identifier of the first session of the first terminal, and the identifier of the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used for the transmission of the first terminal data of the first medium.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send second information to the second terminal, where the second information is used to request media transfer to the second terminal; and receive a third message from the second terminal information, the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identity of the second terminal, and the identity of the second session allocated by the second terminal, the The second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the first information when the third information includes the identifier of the second session, the first information further includes the identifier of the second session.
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine that the second terminal is located in the second terminal according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located. within the coverage of an access network device.
- the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the first information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: send the first information to the first access network device through a first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the processing unit 2020 is used to: acquire the first uplink data of the first medium, the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal media of the terminal; and according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session, determine to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is configured to: send the first uplink data to the first access network device through the second data radio bearer DRB according to the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence includes all The corresponding relationship between the second QoS flow and the second DRB, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal, and the context information of the second QoS flow is Determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: acquire fourth information from the first access network device, where the fourth information includes: an identifier of the second session, an identifier of the second QoS flow, the first Context information of a session, and context information of the first QoS flow.
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow according to the fourth information, and generate the first correspondence.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to request transfer of media to the second terminal; and send a third message to the first terminal.
- the third information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, an identifier of the second terminal, and an identifier of the second session.
- the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to inquire whether to agree to transfer the first medium to the second terminal; and send sixth information, where the sixth The information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: receive the fifth information from the first access network device; or, receive the fifth information from the first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal The fifth message.
- the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: acquire the second uplink data of the first media; and determine according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session through the The third QoS flow of the third session sends the second uplink data.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send the second uplink data to the first access network device through a third DRB according to the second correspondence, wherein the second correspondence includes all The corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the third DRB, wherein the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the The context information of the first QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine the context information of the third session according to the context information of the second session, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the second QoS flow according to the context information of the second QoS flow The third QoS flow context information, and/or, the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the second DRB context information; and generates the second correspondence.
- the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second session, and/or, the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second QoS flow.
- Third QoS flow context information, and/or, before the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the second DRB context information, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine that the third session does not exist And/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send seventh information to the first access network device, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third DRB of the second terminal. Said third QoS flow for the session.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: receive the first download of the first media through the first quality of service QoS stream of the first session of the first terminal row data, the first medium is the medium transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; and according to the third corresponding relationship, the second data radio bearer DRB of the second terminal is sent to the second terminal
- the first downlink data wherein the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal .
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the first uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DRB; and according to the fourth correspondence, through the first terminal's The first QoS flow of the first session sends the first uplink data, wherein the fourth correspondence includes the second DRB of the second terminal and the first DRB of the first terminal The corresponding relationship of the first QoS flow of a session.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive first information from the first terminal, the first information is used to request to transfer the first medium to the second terminal, and the first information It includes the identifier of the second terminal, the identifier of the first session, and the identifier of the first QoS flow.
- the processing unit 2020 is configured to: generate the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generate the fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal .
- the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: receive the first information through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: acquire eighth information, where the eighth information includes context information of the first session and context information of the first QoS flow; and send the eighth information to the second terminal.
- the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow, wherein the second session
- the second QoS flow is used by the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media
- the context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session
- the first The context information of the QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second QoS flow.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: obtain the eighth information from the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
- the first information further includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the second session, and an identifier of the first media.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send fifth information to the second terminal, where the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first medium to the second terminal; Sixth information of the second terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the transfer of the first media to the second terminal is agreed.
- the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: through the third terminal of the second terminal The third QoS flow of the session receives the second downlink data of the first media; and according to the fifth correspondence, sends the second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal, wherein , the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal; wherein, the third session of the The context information is determined according to the context information of the first session, the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the The context information of the second DRB is determined.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the The second uplink data of the first media sent by the third DRB; and according to the fifth correspondence, sending the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal,
- the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal.
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: according to the context information of the second session of the second terminal and/or the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session, determining the context of the third session and/or the context of the third QoS flow, wherein the second session and the second QoS flow are used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media, and the second
- the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session
- the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow
- the context information of the second DRB Determine the context information of the third DRB.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive seventh information from the second terminal, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third session of the second terminal The third QoS flow.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send tenth information to a second access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the second terminal, where the tenth information is used to request that the first session Modify the Internet Protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow to the IP address of the third session.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: pass the The first QoS flow receives the third downlink data of the first media; and according to the sixth correspondence, sends the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, wherein the first media
- the six correspondences include correspondences between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the second terminal from the coverage of the second access network device The third uplink data of the first media sent through the first forwarding tunnel; and according to a sixth correspondence, sending the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal through the first QoS flow 3.
- the fourth correspondence further includes a correspondence between the second DRB and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal
- the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: according to the fourth correspondence , establishing the first forwarding tunnel, and generating the sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
- the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the third access network device The fourth downlink data of the first media sent through the second forwarding tunnel; and according to the seventh correspondence, the fourth downlink data is sent to the second terminal through the second DRB, wherein the first media
- the seven correspondences include correspondences between the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the The second DBR sends the fourth uplink data of the first media; and according to the seventh correspondence, sends the fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, wherein the The seventh correspondence includes the correspondence between the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB.
- processing unit 2020 is further configured to: establish the second forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generate the seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When within the range, receiving the third downlink data of the first media sent by the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, the The first terminal is within the coverage of the first access network device and resides in the cell of the first access network device; and according to the eighth corresponding relationship, sends a message to the second terminal through the third data radio bearer DRB The terminal sends the third downlink data, where the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the third uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the third DRB; and according to the eighth correspondence, through the first Sending the third uplink data to the first access network device through a forwarding tunnel.
- the processing unit 2020 is configured to: establish the first forwarding tunnel; and generate the eighth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When within the range, the fourth downlink data of the first media is received through the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, and the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; and according to the ninth correspondence, sending the fourth downlink data to the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, where the ninth correspondence includes the first session of the first terminal The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the second forwarding tunnel, the second terminal resides in the first access network device.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive fourth uplink data of the first medium sent by the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel; and according to the ninth correspondence, through The first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal sends the fourth uplink data.
- the processing unit 2020 is configured to: establish the second forwarding tunnel; and generate the nine correspondences in the context of the first terminal.
- the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, receiving tenth information from the first access network device, where the tenth information is used to request to modify the Internet protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session IP address, the first QoS flow of the first session is used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media, the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, the The second terminal is served by the second AMF; acquires the IP address of the third session; and sends eleventh information to the first AMF that provides the service for the first terminal, and the eleventh information is used for requesting to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session, and the eleventh information includes the IP address
- the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: receive the eleventh information from the second AMF, and the eleventh information is used to request that the first terminal's first AMF
- the Internet protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of a session is modified to the IP address of the third session, and the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session; and the first UPF sends the Eleventh information.
- transceiver unit 2010 For a more detailed description of the transceiver unit 2010 and the processing unit 2020, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the method embodiments above, and no further description is given here.
- the device 2100 includes a processor 2110 and an interface circuit 2120 .
- the processor 2110 and the interface circuit 2120 are coupled to each other.
- the interface circuit 2120 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
- the device 2100 may further include a memory 2130 for storing instructions executed by the processor 2110, or storing input data required by the processor 2110 to execute the instructions, or storing data generated by the processor 2110 after executing the instructions.
- the processor 2110 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 2020 described above
- the interface circuit 2120 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 2010 described above.
- the chip When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the first terminal, the chip implements the functions of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first terminal, and the information is sent to the first terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first terminal. ) to send information, the information is sent by the first terminal to other devices.
- the chip When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the second terminal, the chip implements the functions of the second terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second terminal, and the information is sent to the second terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second terminal. ) to send information, which is sent by the second terminal to other devices.
- the chip When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the first access network device, the chip implements the functions of the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first access network device, and the information is sent to the first access network device by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the first access network device Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent by the first access network device to other devices.
- modules such as radio frequency modules or antennas
- the chip When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the second access network device, the chip implements the functions of the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second access network device, and the information is sent to the second access network device by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the second access network device Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent to other devices by the second access network device.
- modules such as radio frequency modules or antennas
- the chip When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the third access network device, the chip implements the functions of the third access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the third access network equipment, and the information is sent to the third access network equipment by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the third access network equipment Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent to other devices by the third access network device.
- modules such as radio frequency modules or antennas
- the chip When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the first AMF, the chip implements the function of the first AMF in the above method embodiment.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first AMF, and the information is sent to the first AMF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first AMF. ) to send information, which is sent by the first AMF to other devices.
- the chip When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the second AMF, the chip implements the function of the second AMF in the above method embodiment.
- the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second AMF, and the information is sent to the second AMF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second AMF. ) to send information, which is sent by the second AMF to other devices.
- the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
- a communication device including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
- the communication device includes memory.
- the memory is integrated with the processor, or is set separately.
- the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which is stored the information used to implement the methods described above by the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, and the third access network device.
- the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the above methods in the embodiments are implemented by the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, A method executed by the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
- the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, and the first access network device in the above embodiments.
- An AMF or a second AMF.
- processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
- CPU central processing unit
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
- the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
- Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
- An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
- the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
- the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
- the ASIC may be located in the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
- the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
- all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
- the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
- the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
- the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present application provides a method for transmitting data, and a communication apparatus. In the method, when a first media is transferred from a first terminal to a second terminal, a first access network device may be used as an anchor point to change a data transmission channel between an access network device and a terminal; that is, a data transmission channel between an application server and the first access network device is kept unchanged, and the data transmission between an access network device and a terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal into the first access network device to the second terminal, thereby implementing the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal. In addition, in the method, after the transfer of the first media is completed, the first terminal may exit or maintain data transmission of the first media. The method can ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, thereby facilitating the improvement of user experience.
Description
本申请要求于2021年08月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110959130.8、申请名称为“一种媒体在设备移动的方法”的中国专利申请、以及于2021年11月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111288611.7、申请名称为“用于传输数据的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires submission to the China Patent Office on August 20, 2021, the application number is 202110959130.8, and the Chinese patent application titled "A Method for Moving Media on Devices" is submitted to the China Patent Office on November 02, 2021 , application number 202111288611.7, application title "Method and Apparatus for Transmission of Data", the priority of the Chinese patent application, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种用于传输数据的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting data.
随着电子技术的发展,用户同时拥有或使用的电子设备的数量越来越多,例如,用户可以同时拥有或使用手机、平板电脑、电视、电脑、或手表等具有通信能力的电子设备。在此情况下,用户会有将某个媒体从一个电子设备转移到另一个电子设备的需求。针对该需求,如何将媒体从一个电子设备转移到另一个电子设备成为急需解决的问题。With the development of electronic technology, users own or use more and more electronic devices at the same time. For example, users may simultaneously own or use electronic devices with communication capabilities such as mobile phones, tablet computers, televisions, computers, or watches. In this case, a user may have a need to transfer certain media from one electronic device to another. In response to this demand, how to transfer media from one electronic device to another has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法和通信装置,能够以接入网设备为锚点,通过改变接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输通道,实现一个终端的媒体向另一个终端的转移。The present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting data, which can use the access network equipment as the anchor point, and realize the transfer of media from one terminal to another terminal by changing the data transmission channel between the access network equipment and the terminal. transfer.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:第一终端确定将第一媒体转移至第二终端;所述第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一终端的第一会话的标识、以及所述第一会话的第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流的标识,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: the first terminal determines to transfer the first media to the second terminal; the first terminal sends the first media to the first access network device information, the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, the first information includes the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal , and an identifier of a first quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow of the first session, where the first session and the first QoS flow are used by the first terminal to transmit data of the first media.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端将第一媒体转移至第二终端时,第一终端将第二终端的标识、以及第一终端的用于传输第一媒体的数据的第一会话的标识和第一会话的第一QoS流的标识发送至第一接入网设备,使得第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的信息修改第一终端的上下文和第二终端的上下文,从而实现将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS的数据传输通道由第一接入网设备到第一终端转换为第一接入网设备到第二终端,实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal transfers the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media The identifier of the first QoS flow with the first session is sent to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can modify the context of the first terminal and the context of the second terminal according to the received information, so as to implement the The data transmission channel of the first QoS of the first session of a terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
此外,在上述技术方案中,在第一媒体转移完成后,第一终端可以退出或维持第一媒体的数据传输,该方法可以保证第一媒体的数据传输不中断,有助于提升用户体验。In addition, in the above technical solution, after the transfer of the first media is completed, the first terminal can quit or maintain the data transmission of the first media. This method can ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;所述第一终端接收来自所述第二终端的第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终 端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及由所述第二终端分配的第二会话的标识,所述第二会话用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first terminal sends second information to the second terminal, and the second information is used to request sending the second terminal transfer media; the first terminal receives third information from the second terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identity of the second terminal , and an identifier of a second session allocated by the second terminal, where the second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
可选地,在向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,第一终端向第二终端发送第二信息。Optionally, after sending the first information to the first access network device, the first terminal sends the second information to the second terminal.
在上述技术方案中,第一终端可以从第二终端获取用于转移第一媒体所需的信息,进而根据获取到的信息向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,从而实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, the first terminal may obtain information required for transferring the first media from the second terminal, and then send the first information to the first access network device according to the obtained information, thereby realizing the transfer of the first media from Transfer from a first terminal to a second terminal.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
在上述技术方案中,第二会话的标识经过加密处理,可以提高将第一媒体转移至第二终端的合法性。In the above technical solution, the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第三信息包括所述第二会话的标识时,所述第一信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the third information includes the identifier of the second session, the first information further includes an identifier of the second session logo.
换句话说,由第二终端分配一个会话标识,该会话标识对应的会话用于第二终端传输由第一终端转移至第二终端的第一媒体的数据。In other words, a session identifier is allocated by the second terminal, and the session corresponding to the session identifier is used for the second terminal to transmit the first media data transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第三信息包括所述第二终端所在小区的标识时,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端根据所述第二终端所在小区的标识,确定所述第二终端驻留在所述第一接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the third information includes the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the method further includes: the first The terminal determines, according to the identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, that the second terminal resides on the first access network device.
在上述技术方中,第一终端根据第二终端反馈的第二终端所在小区的标识确定第一终端和第二终端驻留在同一接入网设备中,可以避免由于第一终端和第二终端在不同的接入网接入网设备驻留导致的转移失败。In the above technical solution, the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the same access network device according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located fed back by the second terminal, which can avoid the The transfer fails due to the camping of access network devices on different access networks.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
结合第一方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,包括:所述第一终端通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)向所述第一接入网设备发送第一信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first terminal sending the first information to the first access network device includes: the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device by A first access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) serving the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:第二终端获取第一媒体的第一上行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;所述第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第二会话的第二QoS流发送所述第一上行数据;所述第二终端根据第一对应关系,通过第二数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)向第一接入网设备发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第一对应关系包括所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流与所述第二DRB的对应关系,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一终端的第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。In a second aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data. The method includes: a second terminal acquires first uplink data of a first medium, and the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second uplink data. media of two terminals; the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session; the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data according to the second QoS flow of the second session; A corresponding relationship, sending the first uplink data to the first access network device through a second data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB), where the first corresponding relationship includes the second session of the second session The corresponding relationship between two QoS flows and the second DRB, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal, and the context information of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first session The first session and the first QoS flow are determined by the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, and the first session and the first QoS flow are used for the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第一上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
在上述技术方案中,第二终端采用第二会话的第二QoS流传输第一媒体的数据。由于第二会话的上下文是根据第一终端的用于传输第一媒体的数据的第一会话的上下文信息确定的,且第二QoS流的上下文是根据第一会话的第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,因此,第二终端可以正确传输第一媒体的数据,从而实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, the second terminal uses the second QoS stream of the second session to transmit the data of the first media. Because the context of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media, and the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session It is determined, therefore, the second terminal can correctly transmit the data of the first media, so as to realize the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端从所述第一接入网设备获取第四信息,所述第四信息包括:所述第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息;所述第二终端根据所述第四信息,确定所述第二会话的上下文信息和所述第二QoS流的上下文信息、以及生成所述第一对应关系。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second terminal acquires fourth information from the first access network device, where the fourth information includes: the second The identifier of the session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow; the second terminal determines the information of the second session according to the fourth information The context information and the context information of the second QoS flow, and generating the first corresponding relationship.
需要说明的是,第二会话的上下文以及第二QoS流的上下文可以是第二终端本地生成的,也可以是第一接入网设备为第二终端配置的,本申请不予限制。It should be noted that the context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow may be locally generated by the second terminal, or may be configured by the first access network device for the second terminal, which are not limited in this application.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及所述第二会话的标识。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second terminal receiving second information from the first terminal, the second information It is used to request to transfer media to the second terminal; the second terminal sends third information to the first terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located , the identifier of the second terminal, and the identifier of the second session.
在上述技术方案中,第一终端可以从第二终端获取用于转移第一媒体所需的信息,进而根据获取到的信息向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,从而实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, the first terminal may obtain information required for transferring the first media from the second terminal, and then send the first information to the first access network device according to the obtained information, thereby realizing the transfer of the first media from Transfer from a first terminal to a second terminal.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and the first Media ID.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;所述第二终端发送第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the second terminal receives fifth information, and the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the The first medium is transferred to the second terminal; the second terminal sends sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the first medium is agreed to be transferred to the second terminal.
在上述技术方案中,通过询问第二终端是否同意将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端,有助于避免第一终端的误操作对第二终端带来的影响,从而使得第一媒体转移过程更准确。In the above technical solution, by asking the second terminal whether to agree to transfer the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal, it is helpful to avoid the influence of the misoperation of the first terminal on the second terminal, so that the first The media transfer process is more accurate.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二终端接收第五信息,包括:所述第二终端从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第五信息;或者,所述第二终端从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收所述第五信息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the receiving the fifth information by the second terminal includes: the receiving by the second terminal from the first access network device The fifth information; or, the second terminal receives the fifth information from the first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
换句话说,第二终端可以在第一接入网设备或第一AMF的询问过程向第一接入网设备或第一AMF提供第二会话的标识。In other words, the second terminal may provide the identifier of the second session to the first access network device or the first AMF during the inquiry process of the first access network device or the first AMF.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
在上述技术方案中,第二会话的标识经过加密处理,可以提高将第一媒体转移至第二终端的合法性。In the above technical solution, the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端获取所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;所述第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据;所述第二终端根据第二对应关系,通过第三DRB向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第二对应关系包括所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第三DRB的对应关系,其中,所述第三会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , or when the first terminal enters the coverage of a third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the method further includes: the second terminal acquires the first medium of the first media Two uplink data; the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session; the second terminal determines according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session The second correspondence is to send the second uplink data to the first access network device through a third DRB, where the second correspondence includes the third QoS flow of the third session and the The corresponding relationship of the third DRB, wherein the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow It is determined that the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第三会话的第三QoS流发送第二上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
在上述技术方案中,在第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端后,若第一终端或第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,则第二终端可以通过第二终端与应用服务器之间的第三会话的第三QoS流传输第一媒体的数据,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, after the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal or the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device, the second terminal can communicate with the second terminal through the second terminal. The third QoS stream of the third session between the application servers transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话的上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息;所述第二终端生成所述第二对应关系。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the second terminal determines the context of the third session according to the context information of the second session information, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the third QoS flow according to the context information of the second QoS flow, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the second DRB according to the context information of the second DRB The third DRB context information; the second terminal generating the second correspondence.
在上述技术方案中,第三会话的上下文信息是根据第二会话的上下文信息确定的,第三QoS的上下文信息是根据第二QoS的上下文信息确定的,而第二会话的上下文是根据第一终端的用于传输第一媒体的数据的第一会话的上下文信息确定的,且第二QoS流的上下文是根据第一会话的第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,因此,第二终端可以正确传输第一媒体的数据,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the second session, the context information of the third QoS is determined according to the context information of the second QoS, and the context of the second session is determined according to the first The context information of the first session of the terminal used to transmit the data of the first media is determined, and the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, therefore, the second terminal can correctly The data of the first medium is transmitted, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first medium is not interrupted.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第二终端根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息之前,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端确定不存在所述第三会话和/或所述第三QoS流和/或所述第三DRB。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second session, and/or, The second terminal determines the third QoS flow context information according to the context information of the second QoS flow, and/or, the second terminal determines the third DRB context according to the second DRB context information Before the information is sent, the method further includes: the second terminal determines that the third session and/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB does not exist.
在上述技术方案中,第二终端确定第三会话和/或第三QoS流和/或第三DRB是否已经存在,只有在未建立第三会话、未建立第三会话的第三QoS流、或未配置第三DRB时才执行会话建立过程、QoS流建立过程、或DRB配置过程。因此,可以减少信令开销以及资源浪费。In the above technical solution, the second terminal determines whether the third session and/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB already exists, only when the third session is not established, the third QoS flow of the third session is not established, or A session establishment process, a QoS flow establishment process, or a DRB configuration process is performed only when the third DRB is not configured. Therefore, signaling overhead and resource waste can be reduced.
结合第二方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括: 所述第二终端向所述第一接入网设备发送第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the second terminal sending seventh information to the first access network device, the first The seven information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:第一接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流接收第一媒体的第一下行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;所述第一接入网设备根据第三对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第二数据无线承载DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第一下行数据,其中,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第二DRB的对应关系。In a third aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a first access network device receiving a first quality of service (QoS) stream of a first session of a first terminal receiving a first For downlink data, the first medium is the medium transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; the first access network device uses the second data wireless bearer of the second terminal according to the third corresponding relationship The DRB sends the first downlink data to the second terminal, where the third correspondence includes the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first QoS flow of the second terminal The corresponding relationship of the second DRB.
在上述技术方中,以第一接入网设备为锚点改变接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输通道,即保持应用服务器到第一接入网设备之间的数据传输通道不变,将接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输由第一接入网设备到第一终端转换为第一接入网设备到第二终端,实现了第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal is changed with the first access network device as the anchor point, that is, the data transmission channel between the application server and the first access network device is kept unchanged, Convert the data transmission between the access network device and the terminal from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transmission of the first medium from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
此外,在该技术方中,在第一媒体转移完成后,第一终端可以退出或维持第一媒体的数据传输,该方法可以保证第一媒体的数据传输不中断,有助于提升用户体验。In addition, in this technical aspect, after the transfer of the first media is completed, the first terminal can exit or maintain the data transmission of the first media. This method can ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第一上行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第四对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第四对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第二DRB与所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, by the first access network device, the first information of the first media sent by the second terminal through the second DRB. Uplink data: the first access network device sends the first uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to a fourth correspondence, wherein the fourth The correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一会话的标识、以及所述第一QoS流的标识;所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一信息,在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第三对应关系,和/或,在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第四对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device receiving first information from the first terminal, the The first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, and the first information includes an identifier of the second terminal, an identifier of the first session, and an identifier of the first QoS flow identification; the first access network device generates the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generates the third correspondence in the context of the second terminal The fourth correspondence.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端将第一媒体转移至第二终端时,第一终端将第二终端的标识、以及第一终端的用于传输第一媒体的数据的第一会话的标识和第一会话的第一QoS流的标识发送至第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备则可以根据接收到的信息修改第一终端的上下文和第二终端的上下文,从而实现将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS的数据传输通道由第一接入网设备到第一终端转换为第一接入网设备到第二终端,实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal transfers the identifier of the second terminal and the identifier of the first session of the first terminal used to transmit the data of the first media The identifier of the first QoS flow with the first session is sent to the first access network device, and the first access network device can modify the context of the first terminal and the context of the second terminal according to the received information, thereby implementing the The data transmission channel of the first QoS of the first session of a terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second terminal, realizing the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal transfer.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息,包括:所述第一接入网设备通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF接收所述第一信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first access network device receiving the first information from the first terminal includes: the first access network device The first information is received through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备获取第八信息,所述第八信息包括所述第一会话的上下文信息和所述第一QoS流的上下文信息;所述第一接入网设备向所述第二终端发送第四信息,所述第四信息包括:第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息,其中,所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终 端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第一会话的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二会话的上下文,所述第一QoS流的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二QoS流的上下文。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first access network device acquiring eighth information, where the eighth information includes the first Context information of a session and context information of the first QoS flow; the first access network device sends fourth information to the second terminal, where the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the second The identifier of the QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow, wherein the second QoS flow of the second session is used by the second terminal to transmit the first media data, the context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session, and the context information of the first QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the second QoS The context of the stream.
在上述技术方案中,由第一接入网设备向第二终端提供用于确定第二会话的上下文和第二QoS流的上下文的信息,而第二会话和第二QoS流用于传输第一媒体的数据,这样使得第二终端可以完成第一媒体的数据的组包和传输。In the above technical solution, the first access network device provides the second terminal with information for determining the context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow, and the second session and the second QoS flow are used to transmit the first media data, so that the second terminal can complete the grouping and transmission of the data of the first media.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备获取第八信息,包括:所述第一接入网设备从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF获取所述第八信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the acquiring the eighth information by the first access network device includes: The first AMF serving the terminal acquires the eighth information.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and the first Media ID.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二会话的标识、以及所述第一媒体的标识。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the first information further includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the second session, and the first media logo.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备向所述第二终端发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二终端的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device sending fifth information to the second terminal, the first The fifth message is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first media to the second terminal; the first access network device receives sixth information from the second terminal, and the sixth message is used to indicate consent transferring the first medium to the second terminal.
在上述技术方案中,通过询问第二终端是否同意将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端,有助于避免第一终端的误操作对第二终端带来的影响,从而使得第一媒体转移过程更准确。In the above technical solution, by asking the second terminal whether to agree to transfer the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal, it is helpful to avoid the influence of the misoperation of the first terminal on the second terminal, so that the first The media transfer process is more accurate.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
在上述技术方案中,第二会话的标识经过加密处理,可以提高将第一媒体转移至第二终端的合法性。In the above technical solution, the identifier of the second session is encrypted, which can improve the legality of transferring the first media to the second terminal.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备通过所述第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第二下行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第三DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第二下行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系;其中,所述第三会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When , the method further includes: the first access network device receives the second downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal; the first access network The device sends the second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence, where the fifth correspondence includes the third DRB of the second terminal The correspondence between the third QoS flow of the session and the third DRB of the second terminal; wherein, the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the first session The context information of the three QoS flows is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
在上述技术方案中,在第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端后,若第一终端或第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,则第一接入网设备可以通过第二终端与应用服务器之间的第三会话的第三QoS流传输第一媒体的数据,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, after the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal or the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device, the first access network device can The third QoS stream of the third session between the two terminals and the application server transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第三DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the second uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the third DRB; the first access network device according to A fifth correspondence, sending the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, where the fifth correspondence includes the first The corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow of the three sessions and the third DRB of the second terminal.
在上述技术方案中,在第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端后,若第一终端或第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,则第一接入网设备可以通过第二终端与应用服务器之间的第三会话的第三QoS流传输第一媒体的数据,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, after the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal or the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device, the first access network device can The third QoS stream of the third session between the two terminals and the application server transmits the data of the first media, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二终端的第二会话的上下文信息和/或所述第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定所述第三会话的上下文和/或第三QoS流的上下文,其中,所述第二会话和所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的;所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息,确定所述第三DRB的上下文信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , or when the first terminal enters the coverage of a third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the method further includes: the first access network device according to the second The context information of the second session of the terminal and/or the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session determine the context of the third session and/or the context of the third QoS flow, wherein the second session and the second QoS flow is used by the second terminal to transmit the first media data, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the second QoS flow The context is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow; the first access network device determines the context information of the third DRB according to the context information of the second DRB.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二终端的第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device receiving seventh information from the second terminal, the The seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备向为所述第二终端提供服务的第二接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送第十信息,所述第十信息用于请求将所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议(Internet protocol,IP)地址修改为所述第三会话的IP地址。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first access network device providing a second access network device that provides services for the second terminal Sending tenth information with the mobility management function AMF, where the tenth information is used to request to modify the Internet protocol (Internet protocol, IP) address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the first Three session IP addresses.
在上述技术方案中,第一接入网设备请求将第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,使得第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据可以通过第三会话传输。In the above technical solution, the first access network device requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can Transmitted through the third session.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备通过所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第三下行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过第一转发隧道向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第三下行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When , the method further includes: the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session; the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media according to A sixth correspondence, sending the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, where the sixth correspondence includes the first QoS flow of the first session and the Describe the corresponding relationship of the first forwarding tunnel.
在上述技术方案中,当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第一接入网设备可以通过与第二接入网设备之间的转发隧道将接收到的第一媒体的数据转发至第二接入网设备,进一步再由第二接入网设备发送至第二终端,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device can communicate with the second access network device The forwarding tunnel forwards the received first media data to the second access network device, and further sends it to the second terminal by the second access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the first media data is not interrupted.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二接入网设备通过所述第一转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第三上行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第三上行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the third uplink data of the first media sent by the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel; the first access network device The network access device sends the third uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the sixth correspondence, where the sixth correspondence includes the first session The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the first forwarding tunnel.
在上述技术方案中,当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第一接入网设备可以将通过与第二接入网设备之间的转发隧道接收到的第一媒体的数据转发送至用户面功能网元,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device may communicate with the second terminal The data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the user plane functional network element, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第四对应关系还包括所述第二DRB与所述第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第一转发隧道,并在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第六对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the fourth correspondence further includes a second QoS flow of a second session between the second DRB and the second terminal The method further includes: the first access network device establishes the first forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generates the sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal relation.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第三接入网设备通过第二转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第四下行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第四下行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , the method further includes: the first access network device receiving the fourth downlink data of the first media sent by the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel; the first access network The device sends the fourth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB according to the seventh correspondence, where the seventh correspondence includes the second forwarding tunnel and the correspondence between the second DRB relation.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第一接入网设备可以将通过与第三接入网设备之间的转发隧道接收到的第一媒体的数据转发至第二终端,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal enters the coverage area of the third access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device may communicate with the third access network device The data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the second terminal, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DBR发送所述第一媒体的第四上行数据;所述第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二转发隧道向所述第三接入网设备发送所述第四上行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device , the method further includes: the first access network device receiving fourth uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DBR; the first access network device according to the first Seven correspondences, sending the fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, where the seventh correspondence includes the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB Correspondence.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第一接入网设备可以将来自第二终端的第一媒体的数据,通过与第三接入网设备之间的转发隧道转发至第三接入网设备,进一步再由第三接入网设备发送至用户面功能网元,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal enters the coverage area of the third access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the first access network device may transfer the data of the first media from the second terminal to , forward to the third access network device through the forwarding tunnel with the third access network device, and then send it to the user plane functional network element by the third access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media interruption.
结合第三方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第二转发隧道,并在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第七对应关系。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: establishing, by the first access network device, the second forwarding tunnel, and generate the seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述第二接入网设备接收所述第一接入网设备通过第一转发隧道发送的第一媒体的第三下行数据,所述第一媒体为从第一终端转移至所述第二终端的媒体,所述第一终端驻留在所述第一接入网设备中;所述 第二接入网设备根据第八对应关系,通过第三数据无线承载DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第三下行数据,其中,所述第八对应关系包括所述第一转发隧道以及所述第三DRB的对应关系。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The second access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media sent by the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, where the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal , the first terminal resides in the first access network device; the second access network device sends the second terminal to the second terminal through a third data radio bearer DRB according to the eighth correspondence 3. Downlink data, wherein the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB.
在上述技术方案中,当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第二接入网设备可以将通过与第一接入网设备之间的转发隧道接收第一媒体的数据发送至第二终端,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device may communicate with the first access network device The forwarding tunnel receives the data of the first media and sends it to the second terminal, thereby ensuring that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第三DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第三上行数据;所述第二接入网设备根据所述第八对应关系,通过所述第一转发隧道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三上行数据。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, by the second access network device, a third message of the first media sent by the second terminal through the third DRB. Uplink data: the second access network device sends the third uplink data to the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the eighth correspondence.
在上述技术方案中,当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第二接入网设备可以将来自第二终端的第一媒体的数据,通过与第一接入网设备之间的转发隧道转发至第一接入网设备,进一步再由第一接入网设备发送至用户面功能网元,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the second access network device may transfer the data of the first media from the second terminal to is forwarded to the first access network device through the forwarding tunnel with the first access network device, and then sent to the user plane functional network element by the first access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media does not interruption.
结合第四方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第二接入网设备建立所述第一转发隧道;所述第二接入网设备在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第八对应关系。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: establishing, by the second access network device, the first forwarding tunnel; The network device generates the eighth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述第三接入网设备通过所述第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流接收第一媒体的第四下行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;所述第三接入网设备根据第九对应关系,通过第二转发隧道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四下行数据,其中,所述第九对应关系包括所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第二转发隧道的对应关系,所述第二终端驻留在所述第一接入网设备中。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The third access network device receives the fourth downlink data of the first media through the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, and the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal media; the third access network device sends the fourth downlink data to the first access network device through a second forwarding tunnel according to the ninth correspondence, wherein the ninth correspondence includes the The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second forwarding tunnel, where the second terminal resides in the first access network device.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第三接入网设备可以通过与第一接入网设备之间的转发隧道将接收到的第一媒体的数据转发至第一接入网设备,进一步再由第一接入网设备发送至第二终端,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal enters the coverage area of the third access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the third access network device can communicate with the first access network device The forwarding tunnel forwards the received first media data to the first access network device, and further sends it to the second terminal by the first access network device, so as to ensure that the transmission of the first media data is not interrupted.
结合第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第三接入网设备接收所述第一接入网设备通过所述第二转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第四上行数据;所述第三接入网设备根据所述第九对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第四上行数据。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: the third access network device receiving the first access network device sent by the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel. Fourth uplink data of media; the third access network device sends the fourth uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the ninth correspondence.
在上述技术方案中,当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第三接入网设备可以将通过与第一接入网设备之间的转发隧道接收到的第一媒体的数据转发至用户面功能网元,从而保证第一媒体的数据的传输不中断。In the above technical solution, when the first terminal enters the coverage area of the third access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the third access network device may communicate with the first access network device The data of the first media received by the forwarding tunnel is forwarded to the functional network element of the user plane, so as to ensure that the transmission of the data of the first media is not interrupted.
结合第五方面或其任意一种实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第三接入网设备建立所述第二转发隧道;所述第三接入网设备在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述九对应关系。With reference to the fifth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: establishing the second forwarding tunnel by the third access network device; The network device generates the nine correspondences in the context of the first terminal.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:当第二终端由第 一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,第二接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收来自第一接入网设备的第十信息,所述第十信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,所述第一会话的第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输第一媒体的数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至所述第二终端的媒体,所述第二终端由所述第二AMF提供服务;所述第二AMF获取所述第三会话的IP地址;所述第二AMF向为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF发送第十一信息,所述第十一信息用于请求将所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为所述第三会话的IP地址,所述第十一信息包括所述第三会话的IP地址。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the second terminal The access and mobility management function AMF receives tenth information from the first access network device, and the tenth information is used to request the Internet protocol of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal The IP address is changed to the IP address of the third session, the first QoS flow of the first session is used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media, and the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the the media of the second terminal, the second terminal is served by the second AMF; the second AMF acquires the IP address of the third session; the second AMF sends the service to the first terminal The first AMF sends eleventh information, where the eleventh information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the third session the IP address of the third session, the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session.
在上述技术方案中,第二AMF请求将第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,使得第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据可以通过第三会话传输。In the above technical solution, the second AMF requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can pass through the third Session transfer.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法,所述方法包括:第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收来自第二AMF的第十一信息,所述第十一信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,所述第十一信息包括所述第三会话的IP地址;所述第一AMF向第一UPF发送所述第十一信息。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a method for transmitting data, the method includes: the first access and mobility management function AMF receives eleventh information from the second AMF, and the eleventh information is used In order to request to modify the Internet Protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session, the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session; The first AMF sends the eleventh information to the first UPF.
在上述技术方案中,第一AMF请求将第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,使得第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据可以通过第三会话传输。In the above technical solution, the first AMF requests to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session to the IP address of the third session, so that the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session can pass through the third Session transfer.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the device is configured to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation manner. Specifically, the apparatus may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for performing the method provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF。当该装置为第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口为输入/输出电路。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is a first terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, or a second AMF. When the device is a first terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, or a second AMF, the communication unit may be a transceiver, Or, an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Optionally, the transceiver is a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface is an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is used for the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF chips, systems on chips or circuits in When the device is a chip used in the first terminal, second terminal, first access network device, second access network device, third access network device, first AMF, or second AMF, a chip system or In the case of a circuit, the communication unit may be the input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit etc.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:存储器,用于存储程序;至少一个处理器,用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,以执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory to perform any of the above aspects or its implementation provided method.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is a first terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, or a second AMF.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is used for the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF chips, systems on chips or circuits in
第十方面,本申请提供了一种处理器,用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a processor configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作,本申请对此不做限定。For the sending and obtaining/receiving operations involved in the processor, if there is no special description, or if it does not conflict with its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as the processor's output and reception, input and other operations , can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code for device execution, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十三方面,本申请提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器与通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,芯片还包括存储器,存储器中存储有计算机程序或指令,处理器用于执行存储器上存储的计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被执行时,处理器用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。Optionally, as an implementation, the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十四方面,本申请提供了通信系统,包括上文的第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, including the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or Second AMF.
图1示出了一种网络架构的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
图2是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法200的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法300的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法400的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method 400 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法500的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method 500 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法600的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 600 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是第一媒体的数据的传输路径的一种变化。Fig. 7 is a variation of the transmission path of the data of the first medium.
图8是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的一个示例。Fig. 8 is an example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图9是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 9 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
图10是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 10 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图11是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 11 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图12第一媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。Fig. 12 Another variation of the transmission path of the data of the first medium.
图13是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 13 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
图14第一媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。Another variation of the data transmission path of the first medium in FIG. 14 .
图15是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 15 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图16第一媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。Another variation of the transmission path of the data of the first medium in FIG. 16 .
图17是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 17 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图18第一媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。Another variation of the data transmission path of the first medium in FIG. 18 .
图19是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 19 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
图20是本申请实施例提供的装置的结构示意图。Fig. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图21是本申请实施例提供的装置的另一结构示意图。Fig. 21 is another schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
为了便于理解本申请的技术方案,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solution of the present application, the following explanations are made.
第一,在本申请中,“用于”可以理解为“使能”,“使能”可以包括直接使能和间接使能。当描述某一信息用于使能A时,可以包括该信息直接使能A或间接使能A,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "for" can be understood as "enabling", and "enabling" can include direct enabling and indirect enabling. When describing a certain information for enabling A, it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the information.
第二,在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如,“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便,用于区分的对象,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同信息等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换,以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。Second, the first, second and various numbers shown in this application (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) The scope of the application examples. For example, to distinguish different information, etc. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so described are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances in order to enable descriptions other than the embodiments of the application.
第三,在本申请中,“预设的”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端或网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in this application, "preset" may include pre-definition, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-defined" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminals or network devices), and this application does not limit its specific implementation .
第四,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括第五代(5th generation,5G)、新空口(new radio,NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fourth, the "protocol" involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G), new air interface (new radio, NR) protocol and future communication The relevant protocols in the system are not limited in this application.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division Duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
首先简单介绍适用于本申请的网络架构。First, briefly introduce the network architecture applicable to this application.
作为示例,图1示出了一种网络架构的示意图。As an example, Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
如图1所示,该网络架构以5G系统(the 5th generation system,5GS)为例。该网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是用户设备(user equipment,UE)部分、数据网络(data network,DN)部分和运营商网络部分。其中,运营商网络可包括以下网元中的一个或多个:(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)设备、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、AMF网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、和统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元。上述运营商网络中,除(R)AN部分之外的部分可以称为核心网部分。在本申请中,将用户设备、(无线)接入网设备、UPF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、UDM网元分别简称为UE、(R)AN设备、UPF、AMF、SMF、UDM。As shown in Figure 1, the network architecture takes the 5G system (the 5th generation system, 5GS) as an example. The network architecture may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part. Wherein, the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, An AMF network element, a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element, and a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element. In the above operator network, the part other than the (R)AN part may be referred to as the core network part. In this application, user equipment, (wireless) access network equipment, UPF network elements, AMF network elements, SMF network elements, and UDM network elements are referred to as UE, (R)AN equipment, UPF, AMF, SMF, and UDM respectively. .
下面对图1中涉及的各网元进行简单描述。Each network element involved in FIG. 1 is briefly described below.
1、UE1. UE
UE主要通过无线空口接入5G网络并获得服务,UE通过空口和RAN进行交互,通过非接入层信令(non-access stratum,NAS)和核心网的AMF进行交互。The UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services. The UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
本申请实施例中的UE也可以称为终端设备、用户、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。UE可以是蜂窝电话、智能手表、无线数据卡、手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、无线调制解调器、手持设备、膝上型电脑、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、带无线收发功能的电脑、物联网终端、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、可穿戴设备、车辆、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信中的终端、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信中的终端、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)中的终端、物联网(internet of things,IOT)中的终端、智能办公中的终端、工业控制中的终端、无人驾驶中的终端、远程手术中的终端、智能电网中的终端、运输安全中的终端、智慧城市中的终端、智慧家庭中的终端、卫星通信中的终端(例如,卫星电话或卫星终端)。UE还可以是客户终端设备(customer-premises equipment,CPE)、电话、路由器、网络交换机、家庭网关(residential gateway,RG)、机顶盒、固定移动融合产品、家庭网络适配器、以及互联网接入网关。The UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device. A UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal). The UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway, RG), set-top box, fixed mobile convergence product, home network adapter, and Internet access gateway.
本申请的实施例对UE所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the UE.
2、(R)AN设备2. (R)AN equipment
(R)AN设备可以为特定区域的授权用户提供接入通信网络的功能,具体可以包括第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)网络中无线网络设备也可以包括非3GPP(non-3GPP)网络中的接入点。下文为方便描述采用AN设备表示。The (R)AN device can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network. Specifically, it can include wireless network devices in the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network, and can also include non-3GPP (non- 3GPP) access point in the network. For the convenience of description, AN equipment is used below.
AN设备可以为采用不同的无线接入技术。目前的无线接入技术有两种类型:3GPP接入技术(例如,第三代(3rd generation,3G)、第四代(4th generation,4G)或5G系统中采用的无线接入技术)和非3GPP(non-3GPP)接入技术。3GPP接入技术是指符合3GPP标准规范的接入技术,例如,5G系统中的接入网设备称为下一代基站节点(next generation Node Base station,gNB)或者RAN设备。非3GPP接入技术可以包括以无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)中的接入点(access point,AP)为代表的空口技术、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)等。AN设备可以允许终端设备和3GPP核心网之间采用非3GPP技术互连互通。AN devices may use different wireless access technologies. There are currently two types of wireless access technologies: 3GPP access technologies (for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems) and non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology. The 3GPP access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications. For example, the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation Node Base station (gNB) or RAN equipment. Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc. The AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
AN设备能够负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。AN设备为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。例如,AN设备与UE通过空口进行通信,与UPF间通过隧道进行数据收发。The AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side. The AN device provides access services for the terminal device, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network. For example, the AN device communicates with the UE through an air interface, and transmits and receives data with the UPF through a tunnel.
AN设备例如可以包括但不限于:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),WiFi系统中的AP、WiMAX中的(base station,BS)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如,NR) 系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者下一代通信6G系统中的基站等。AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, WiMAX in (base station, BS), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G (eg, NR) system gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, such as a distributed unit ( distributed unit, DU), or the base station in the next-generation communication 6G system, etc.
本申请实施例对AN设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the AN device.
为了描述方便,下文将(R)AN设备统一称为基站。For convenience of description, (R)AN devices are collectively referred to as base stations hereinafter.
3、UPF3. UPF
UPF为核心网实体,主要提供用户报文的转发、处理、与DN的连接、会话锚点、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)策略执行等用户面功能。例如,UPF可以从DN接收用户面数据,并通过UPF与基站间的隧道将用户面数据发送给基站。UPF还可以接收基站通过UPF与基站间的隧道发送的用户面数据,并转发到DN。UPF is a core network entity, which mainly provides user plane functions such as forwarding and processing of user packets, connection with DN, session anchor point, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy enforcement. For example, the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the base station through the tunnel between the UPF and the base station. The UPF can also receive user plane data sent by the base station through the tunnel between the UPF and the base station, and forward it to the DN.
4、DN4. DN
DN主要用于为UE提供数据服务的运营商网络。例如,因特网(Internet)、第三方的业务网络、IP多媒体服务业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)网络等。应用服务器(application server,AS)可以属于DN网络的一部分。The DN is mainly used in the operator's network that provides data services for the UE. For example, the Internet (Internet), a third-party service network, an IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network, and the like. An application server (application server, AS) may belong to a part of a DN network.
5、AMF5. AMF
AMF为核心网实体,用于对UE的注册过程、移动性过程、以及可达性等进行管理。The AMF is a core network entity and is used to manage the registration process, mobility process, and reachability of the UE.
6、SMF6. SMF
SMF为核心网实体,用于对UE的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(session)进行管理,包括PDU会话的建立、修改、删除,PDU会话内的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)的建立、修改、删除等。SMF is a core network entity, used to manage the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (session) of the UE, including the establishment, modification, and deletion of the PDU session, and the quality of service (QoS) in the PDU session ) flow (flow) establishment, modification, deletion, etc.
7、UDM7. UDM
UDM为核心网实体,用于对用户的签约数据进行管理。UDM与4G的归属地签约服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)功能类似。图1中的UDM也可以理解为UDM和HSS功能的组合。The UDM is a core network entity and is used to manage user subscription data. The function of UDM is similar to that of 4G home subscriber server (HSS). The UDM in Figure 1 can also be understood as a combination of UDM and HSS functions.
在图1所示的网络架构中,各网元之间可以接口通信。各网元之间的接口可以是点对点接口,也可以是服务化接口,本申请不予限制。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , various network elements can communicate through interfaces. The interface between network elements may be a point-to-point interface or a service interface, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,上述所示的网络架构仅是示例性说明,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,图1中所示的AMF、SMF、UPF、UDM等功能或者网元,可以理解为用于实现不同功能的网元,例如可以按需组合成网络切片。这些网元可以各自独立的设备,也可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请对于上述网元的具体形态不作限定。It should also be understood that the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, and UDM shown in FIG. 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions, for example, they can be combined into network slices as required. These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
还应理解,上述命名仅为便于区分不同的功能而定义,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在6G网络以及未来其它的网络中采用其他命名的可能。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能采用其他名称等。It should also be understood that the above names are only defined for the convenience of distinguishing different functions, and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of adopting other names in the 6G network and other networks in the future. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may use other names.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请中涉及到的术语或技术进行简单说明。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, terms or technologies involved in the present application are briefly described.
1、媒体1. Media
媒体可以理解为某个应用的某个媒体,例如视频应用的视频通话;或者,可以理解为 某个应用的所有媒体,例如视频应用的所有的媒体,包括视频通话、语音通话、文字传输、图片传输等;或者,可以理解为某个应用,例如视频应用。Media can be understood as a certain media of a certain application, such as a video call of a video application; or, it can be understood as all media of a certain application, such as all media of a video application, including video calls, voice calls, text transmission, picture transmission, etc.; or, it can be understood as a certain application, such as a video application.
媒体可以用应用标识(application identifier,APP ID)来标识;或,APP ID+媒体类型来标识,其中,媒体类型可以为:视频通话媒体、语音通话媒体、文字媒体、图片媒体、视频播放媒体、或游戏媒体等。Media can be identified by application identifier (APP ID); or, APP ID+media type to identify, where the media type can be: video call media, voice call media, text media, picture media, video playback media, or game media etc.
在本申请中,媒体也可以替换为业务流(traffic flow)、媒体流(media flow)、业务(traffic)、数据流(data flow)等。In this application, media can also be replaced by traffic flow, media flow, traffic, data flow, etc.
将媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端,可以理解为,将由第一终端接收或发送的第一媒体的数据转为由第二终端接收或发送。Transferring the media from the first terminal to the second terminal may be understood as converting the data of the first media received or sent by the first terminal to be received or sent by the second terminal.
2、媒体数据的传输2. Transmission of media data
终端可以通过接入网设备和UPF与AS进行媒体的数据的传输。The terminal can transmit media data with the AS through the access network device and UPF.
当需要进行媒体的数据的传输时,终端可以发起建立与AS之间的PDU会话。每个PDU会话的上下文信息包括以下至少一个:IP地址(IP address)、数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)、单个网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)、会话和业务连续性(session and service continuity,SSC)模式(SSC mode)、以及会话聚合最大比特速率(aggregate maximum bit rate,AMBR)(Session AMBR)等。协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话可以通过PDU会话标识(PDU session ID,PSI)来标识。每个PDU会话内包括至少一个QoS流。每个QoS流的上下文信息包括以下至少一个:5G服务质量标识(5G QoS Identifier,5QI)、保证流比特速率(guaranteed flow bit rate,GFBR)、最大流比特速率(maximum flow bit rate,MFBR)等QoS参数。QoS流可以通过QoS流标识(QoS flow ID,QFI)来标识。PSI和QFI结合在一起可以唯一确定一个QoS流。When it is necessary to transmit media data, the terminal can initiate the establishment of a PDU session with the AS. The context information of each PDU session includes at least one of the following: IP address (IP address), data network name (data network name, DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI), session And business continuity (session and service continuity, SSC) mode (SSC mode), and session aggregate maximum bit rate (aggregate maximum bit rate, AMBR) (Session AMBR), etc. A protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session can be identified by a PDU session ID (PDU session ID, PSI). Each PDU session includes at least one QoS flow. The context information of each QoS flow includes at least one of the following: 5G service quality identifier (5G QoS Identifier, 5QI), guaranteed flow bit rate (guaranteed flow bit rate, GFBR), maximum flow bit rate (maximum flow bit rate, MFBR), etc. QoS parameters. A QoS flow can be identified by a QoS flow ID (QoS flow ID, QFI). The combination of PSI and QFI can uniquely determine a QoS flow.
接入网设备在对终端的DRB进行配置时,需要在配置信息中携带PSI和QFI,用于指示该DRB可以用于传输PDU会话PSI的QoS流QFI的数据。接入网设备可以在终端的上下文中保存PSI、QFI与DRB的对应关系。终端也可以PSI、QFI与DRB的对应关系。When the access network device configures the DRB of the terminal, it needs to carry PSI and QFI in the configuration information to indicate that the DRB can be used to transmit data of the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI. The access network device can save the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB in the context of the terminal. The terminal may also use the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
对于媒体的上行数据,终端内的APP在生成数据后,将数据匹配到对应的PDU会话PSI,并使用该PDU会话PSI对应的IP地址组成IP包,进一步地,终端使用该PDU会话PSI对应的QoS规则将该IP包匹配到PDU会话PSI内的QoS流QFI,并使用QoS流QFI对应的DRB传输至接入网设备。接入网设备接收到终端通过DRB发送的数据后,根据PSI、QFI与DRB的对应关系,通过PDU会话PSI的QoS流QFI发送该数据。For media uplink data, after the APP in the terminal generates the data, it matches the data to the corresponding PDU session PSI, and uses the IP address corresponding to the PDU session PSI to compose an IP packet. Further, the terminal uses the IP address corresponding to the PDU session PSI. The QoS rule matches the IP packet to the QoS flow QFI in the PDU session PSI, and uses the DRB corresponding to the QoS flow QFI to transmit to the access network device. After receiving the data sent by the terminal through the DRB, the access network device sends the data through the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI according to the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
对于媒体的下行数据,接入网设备通过PDU会话PSI的QoS流QFI接收到来自AS的数据后,根据PSI、QFI与DRB的对应关系,通过DRB发送该数据。For media downlink data, after receiving the data from the AS through the QoS flow QFI of the PDU session PSI, the access network device sends the data through the DRB according to the corresponding relationship between PSI, QFI and DRB.
本文中,PDU会话PSI可以理解为PSI所指示的PDU会话或PSI所对应的PDU会话或PDU会话标识为PSI的PDU会话;QoS流QFI可以理解为QFI所指示的QoS流或QFI所对应的QoS流或QoS flow标识为QFI的QoS flow。In this paper, the PDU session PSI can be understood as the PDU session indicated by the PSI or the PDU session corresponding to the PSI or the PDU session whose PDU session identifier is PSI; the QoS flow QFI can be understood as the QoS flow indicated by the QFI or the QoS corresponding to the QFI The flow or QoS flow is identified as the QoS flow of QFI.
需要说明的是,上述上下文信息也可以描述为配置信息、配置参数、参数、上下文参数、对应的信息等。例如,PDU会话的上下文信息也可以替换为PDU会话的配置信息、PDU会话的配置参数、PDU会话的参数、PDU会话的上下文参数、PDU会话对应的信息等。又例如,QoS流的上下文信息也可以替换为QoS流的配置信息、QoS流的配置参数、 QoS流的参数、QoS流的上下文参数、QoS流对应的信息等。It should be noted that the above context information may also be described as configuration information, configuration parameters, parameters, context parameters, corresponding information, and the like. For example, the context information of the PDU session may also be replaced with configuration information of the PDU session, configuration parameters of the PDU session, parameters of the PDU session, context parameters of the PDU session, information corresponding to the PDU session, and the like. For another example, the context information of the QoS flow may also be replaced with configuration information of the QoS flow, configuration parameters of the QoS flow, parameters of the QoS flow, context parameters of the QoS flow, information corresponding to the QoS flow, and the like.
随着电子技术的发展,用户同时拥有或使用的电子设备的数量越来越多,用户会有将某个媒体从一个电子设备转移到另一个电子设备的需求。为了描述方便,下文将转出媒体的电子设备称为第一终端,将转入媒体的电子设备称为第二终端,将被转移(transfer或move)的媒体称为第一媒体。With the development of electronic technology, the number of electronic devices owned or used by users at the same time is increasing, and users have a need to transfer certain media from one electronic device to another electronic device. For the convenience of description, hereinafter, the electronic device transferring the media is called the first terminal, the electronic device transferring the media is called the second terminal, and the transferred (transferred or moved) media is called the first media.
一种方案,第一终端与第二终端建立直连通信路径,将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端显示。例如,将手机的媒体通过平板电脑进行显示。对于该方案,需要第一终端接收第一媒体的数据,进一步地,再将接收到的数据通过直连通信路径发送给第二终端,因此第一终端需要一直参与第一媒体的数据的传输过程。若第一终端退出第一媒体的数据的传输,则第二终端无法继续显示第一媒体。用户体验较差。In one solution, the first terminal establishes a direct communication path with the second terminal, and transfers the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal for display. For example, the media of the mobile phone is displayed through the tablet computer. For this solution, the first terminal needs to receive the data of the first media, and further, send the received data to the second terminal through a direct communication path, so the first terminal needs to always participate in the transmission process of the data of the first media . If the first terminal withdraws from the transmission of the data of the first media, the second terminal cannot continue to display the first media. The user experience is poor.
另一种方案,第一终端通过应用服务器获取第一媒体的数据。当将第一媒体向第二终端转移时,第二终端可以与应用服务器重新建立用于传输第一媒体的数据的连接,第一终端则可以退出第一媒体的数据的传输。例如,用户通过第一终端使用某个账户观看视频,后来打开平板电脑使用相同的账号继续看这个视频,由于该账户上保存了上次播放的位置,因此可以做到继续观看。对于该方案,第二终端重新与应用服务器建立连接时,存在业务中断时间较长的问题,用户体验较差。In another solution, the first terminal acquires the data of the first media through the application server. When transferring the first media to the second terminal, the second terminal can re-establish a connection with the application server for transmitting the data of the first media, and the first terminal can quit the transmission of the data of the first media. For example, the user uses a certain account to watch a video through the first terminal, and then opens the tablet computer to continue watching the video with the same account. Since the last playback position is saved on the account, the user can continue to watch. For this solution, when the second terminal re-establishes a connection with the application server, there is a problem of a long service interruption time, and the user experience is poor.
因此,如何在将媒体从第一终端转移到第二终端的同时提升用户体验成为急需解决的问题。Therefore, how to improve user experience while transferring media from the first terminal to the second terminal has become an urgent problem to be solved.
针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种用于传输数据的方法和通信装置,能够以接入网设备为锚点,通过改变接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输通道,实现第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移,并且在第一媒体转移完成后,第一终端可以退出或维持第一媒体的数据传输,并保证第一媒体的数据传输不中断,有助于提升用户体验。In view of the above problems, the present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting data, which can take the access network device as the anchor point, and realize the first media slave by changing the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal. The transfer from the first terminal to the second terminal, and after the transfer of the first media is completed, the first terminal can exit or maintain the data transmission of the first media, and ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience .
为了便于理解,首先对可以应用本申请的技术方案的场景进行描述。For ease of understanding, a scenario where the technical solution of the present application can be applied is described first.
场景1 scene 1
第一终端将第一媒体转移至第二终端。第一终端和第二终端均驻留在第一接入网设备中。此时第一终端和第二终端可处于空闲(idle)态或连接(connected)态,即这里说的驻留可包括idle态的驻留或连接态的驻留。The first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal. Both the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the first access network device. At this time, the first terminal and the second terminal may be in an idle state or a connected state, that is, the resident mentioned here may include the resident in the idle state or the resident in the connected state.
作为一个示例,场景1可以为:当用户通过平板电脑(第一终端)使用视频通话应用进行视频通话、通过手机(第二终端)使用视频播放器播放视频时,用户可以将平板电脑(第一终端)上正在进行视频通话转移到手机(第二终端)上。As an example, Scenario 1 may be: when a user uses a video call application on a tablet computer (first terminal) to make a video call, and uses a mobile phone (second terminal) to play a video using a video player, the user can use the tablet computer (first terminal) The ongoing video call on the terminal) is transferred to the mobile phone (the second terminal).
需要说明的是,本申请并不限定第二终端的状态,第二终端可以正在传输第二终端的媒体,也可以没有正在进行的业务。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the state of the second terminal, and the second terminal may be transmitting the media of the second terminal, or may not have an ongoing service.
场景2 scene 2
在第一终端将第一媒体转移至第二终端后,第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,并进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围。After the first terminal transfers the first medium to the second terminal, the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
作为一个示例,场景2可以为:用户将平板电脑(第一终端)的媒体转移至手机(第二终端)后,用户携带手机(第二终端)离开。As an example, scenario 2 may be: after the user transfers the media of the tablet computer (first terminal) to the mobile phone (second terminal), the user leaves with the mobile phone (second terminal).
场景3scene 3
在第一终端将第一媒体转移至第二终端后,第一终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围, 并进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围。After the first terminal transfers the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
作为一个示例,场景3可以为:用户将平板电脑(第一终端)的媒体转移至手机(第二终端)后,用户携带平板电脑(第一终端)离开。As an example, scenario 3 may be: after the user transfers the media of the tablet computer (first terminal) to the mobile phone (second terminal), the user leaves with the tablet computer (first terminal).
这里,进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围可以理解为进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围并驻留在第二接入网设备的小区;进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围可以理解为进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围并驻留在第三接入网设备的小区。下文不再赘述。Here, entering the coverage of the second access network device can be understood as entering the coverage of the second access network device and residing in the cell of the second access network device; entering the coverage of the third access network device can be understood as Entering the coverage of the third access network device and staying in the cell of the third access network device. I won't go into details below.
下面对本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法进行描述。The method for transmitting data provided by this application is described below.
针对上述场景1,本申请提出了图2所示的方法。For the above scenario 1, the present application proposes the method shown in FIG. 2 .
图2是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法200的示意图。方法200可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 200 may include at least some of the following.
步骤201,第一终端确定将第一媒体转移至第二终端。Step 201, the first terminal determines to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
其中,第一终端和第二终端均驻留在第一接入网设备。Wherein, both the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the first access network device.
在将第一媒体转移至第二终端之前,第一终端通过第一终端的第一DRB、以及第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流传输第一媒体的数据。Before transferring the first media to the second terminal, the first terminal transmits the data of the first media through the first DRB of the first terminal and the first QoS stream of the first session of the first terminal.
例如,第一终端在生成第一媒体的数据后,将数据匹配到第一会话,并使用第一会话对应的IP地址组成IP包,进一步地,第一终端使用第一会话对应的QoS规则将该IP包匹配到第一会话内的第一QoS流,并使用第一QoS流对应的第一DRB传输至接入网设备;在接收到第一终端通过第一DRB发送的数据后,第一接入网设备根据第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流与第一终端的第一DRB的对应关系,通过第一PDU会话的第一QoS流发送该数据。For example, after the first terminal generates the data of the first media, it matches the data to the first session, and uses the IP address corresponding to the first session to form an IP packet. Further, the first terminal uses the QoS rule corresponding to the first session to The IP packet is matched to the first QoS flow in the first session, and is transmitted to the access network device using the first DRB corresponding to the first QoS flow; after receiving the data sent by the first terminal through the first DRB, the first The access network device sends the data through the first QoS flow of the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first DRB of the first terminal.
又例如,第一接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流接收到来自AS的数据后,根据第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流与第一终端的第一DRB的对应关系,通过第一终端的第一DRB向第一终端发送该数据。For another example, after the first access network device receives data from the AS through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, according to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the first The corresponding relationship of the DRB, the data is sent to the first terminal through the first DRB of the first terminal.
在本申请中,第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流,可以理解为,第一终端与AS之间建立的第一会话的第一QoS流。第一终端的第一DRB,可以理解为,接入网设备为第一终端配置的第一DRB。其他终端的会话、QoS流和DRB(例如,第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流,第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流,第二终端的第二DRB,第二终端的第三DRB)具备相同的含义,下文不再赘述。In this application, the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal may be understood as the first QoS flow of the first session established between the first terminal and the AS. The first DRB of the first terminal may be understood as the first DRB configured by the access network device for the first terminal. Sessions, QoS flows and DRBs of other terminals (for example, the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, the second DRB of the second terminal, the second QoS flow of the second terminal's The third DRB) has the same meaning, which will not be described in detail below.
在本申请中,第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流可以通过以下方式中的至少一个来表示:In this application, the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal may be represented by at least one of the following methods:
UE-1 ID+PSI-1+QFI-1的组合;The combination of UE-1 ID+PSI-1+QFI-1;
PSI-1+QFI-1的组合;Combination of PSI-1+QFI-1;
UE-1 ID、PSI-1、以及QFI-1三个独立的字段;或者,Three separate fields for UE-1 ID, PSI-1, and QFI-1; or,
PSI-1和QFI-1两个独立的字段。PSI-1 and QFI-1 are two separate fields.
这里的“+”代表连在一起,例如,UE-1 ID为123,PSI-1为456,QFI-1为789,则UE-1 ID+PSI-1+QFI-1为123456789,或者UE ID123PSI 456QFI 789。The "+" here means to connect together, for example, UE-1 ID is 123, PSI-1 is 456, QFI-1 is 789, then UE-1 ID+PSI-1+QFI-1 is 123456789, or UE ID123PSI 456QFI 789.
其中,UE-1 ID为第一终端的标识,PSI-1为第一会话的标识,QFI-1为第一QoS流的标识。Wherein, UE-1 ID is the identification of the first terminal, PSI-1 is the identification of the first session, and QFI-1 is the identification of the first QoS flow.
在本申请中,第一终端的第一DRB可以通过以下方式中的至少一个来表示:In this application, the first DRB of the first terminal may be represented by at least one of the following methods:
UE-1 ID+DRB-1的组合;或者,A combination of UE-1 ID+DRB-1; or,
UE-1 ID和DRB-1两个独立的字段。UE-1 ID and DRB-1 are two separate fields.
其中,UE-1 ID为第一终端的标识,DRB-1为第一DRB的标识。Wherein, UE-1 ID is the identifier of the first terminal, and DRB-1 is the identifier of the first DRB.
需要说明的是,本申请的其他终端的会话和QoS流(例如,第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流,第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流)也可以采用相同的表示方法来表示,下文不再赘述。同理,本申请的其他终端的DRB(例如,第二终端的第二DRB,第二终端的第三DRB)也可以采用相同的表示方法来表示,下文不再赘述。It should be noted that the sessions and QoS flows of other terminals in this application (for example, the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal) can also use the same representation method, which will not be repeated below. Similarly, DRBs of other terminals in this application (for example, the second DRB of the second terminal, and the third DRB of the second terminal) may also be represented by the same representation method, which will not be described in detail below.
步骤202,第一终端向第二终端发送第二信息。Step 202, the first terminal sends second information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一终端的第二信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives the second information from the first terminal.
其中,第二信息用于请求向第二终端转移媒体。Wherein, the second information is used to request to transfer the media to the second terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第一终端在向第二终端发送第二消息前,需要执行第二终端的发现过程,例如,第二终端广播发现(discovery)消息,第一终端收到discovery消息后进行回复,从而第一终端可以发现第二终端;或者,第一终端广播请求消息,第二终端收到请求消息后进行回复,从而第一终端可以发现第二终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal needs to perform a discovery process of the second terminal before sending the second message to the second terminal, for example, the second terminal broadcasts a discovery (discovery) message, and after the first terminal receives the discovery message Reply, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal; or, the first terminal broadcasts a request message, and the second terminal replies after receiving the request message, so that the first terminal can discover the second terminal.
可选地,第二信息中可以携带从第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体的标识,例如,APP ID。Optionally, the second information may carry an identifier of the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, APP ID.
步骤203,第二终端向第一终端发送第三信息。Step 203, the second terminal sends third information to the first terminal.
相应地,第一终端接收来自第二终端的第三信息。Correspondingly, the first terminal receives the third information from the second terminal.
其中,第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:第二终端所在小区的标识、第二终端的标识、以及由第二终端分配的第二会话的标识。第二会话用于第二终端传输第一媒体的数据。第二终端所在小区的标识可以理解为第二终端当前驻留(Camp on)的小区的标识,例如NR小区全球标识(NR cell global identifier,NCGI),NR物理层小区ID(physical cell ID,PCI)等。Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identifier of the second terminal, and the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal. The second session is used for the second terminal to transmit data of the first media. The identity of the cell where the second terminal is located can be understood as the identity of the cell where the second terminal is currently camping (Camp on), such as NR cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI), NR physical layer cell ID (physical cell ID, PCI )wait.
可选地,由第二终端分配的第二会话的标识经过加密处理。例如,由第二终端分配的第二会话的标识可以使用第一接入网设备与第二终端间的加密秘钥进行加密,例如使用分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的加密密钥进行加密。Optionally, the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal is encrypted. For example, the identifier of the second session allocated by the second terminal may be encrypted using an encryption key between the first access network device and the second terminal, for example, using packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer encryption The key is encrypted.
一种可能的实现方式,在接收到第一终端的第二信息后,第二终端可以确定是否支持或同意第一终端将媒体转移至第二终端。例如,第二终端可以检查第二终端内是否安装有该媒体对应的应用,在安装有相应的应用时,第二终端支持或同意第一终端将该媒体转移至第二终端;或者,第二终端可以坚持第二终端当前业务的运行状态,例如,当第二终端当前正在进行语音通话、视频通话或实时游戏时,第二终端拒绝第一终端将该媒体转移至第二终端。In a possible implementation manner, after receiving the second information from the first terminal, the second terminal may determine whether to support or agree to transfer the media from the first terminal to the second terminal. For example, the second terminal may check whether an application corresponding to the media is installed in the second terminal, and if the corresponding application is installed, the second terminal supports or agrees that the first terminal transfers the media to the second terminal; or, the second terminal The terminal can maintain the running state of the current service of the second terminal. For example, when the second terminal is currently conducting a voice call, video call or real-time game, the second terminal refuses the first terminal to transfer the media to the second terminal.
步骤204,第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息。Step 204, the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first information from the first terminal.
其中,第一信息用于请求将第一媒体转移至第二终端。第一信息可以包括第二终端的标识、第一终端的第一会话的标识、以及第一会话的第一QoS流的标识。Wherein, the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal. The first information may include an identifier of the second terminal, an identifier of the first session of the first terminal, and an identifier of the first QoS flow of the first session.
可选地,若步骤203中的第三信息包括由第二终端分配的第二会话的标识,则第一信息还可以包括该第二会话的标识。Optionally, if the third information in step 203 includes the identifier of the second session assigned by the second terminal, the first information may also include the identifier of the second session.
可选地,若步骤202中的第二信息未携带第一媒体的标识,则第一信息还可以包括第 一媒体的标识,以便后续第一接入网设备发送至第二终端。Optionally, if the second information in step 202 does not carry the identifier of the first medium, the first information may also include the identifier of the first medium, so that the first access network device can send it to the second terminal later.
一种可能的实现方式,若步骤203中的第三信息中携带了第二终端所在小区的标识,则第一终端还可以根据第二终端所在小区的标识确定第一终端和第二终端是否驻留在同一小区内。当第一终端确定第一终端和第二终端驻留在同一小区或同一接入网设备内时,第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息。当第一终端确定第一终端和第二终端驻留在不同小区或不同接入网设备时,第一终端不发送第一信息。终端所在小区的标识可以理解为终端驻留的小区的标识。In a possible implementation, if the third information in step 203 carries the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the first terminal may also determine whether the first terminal and the second terminal are camped on according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located. stay in the same neighborhood. When the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in the same cell or the same access network device, the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device. When the first terminal determines that the first terminal and the second terminal reside in different cells or different access network devices, the first terminal does not send the first information. The identifier of the cell where the terminal is located may be understood as the identifier of the cell where the terminal resides.
本申请对第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息的方式不作具体限定。一种可能的实现方式,第一终端可以直接向第一接入网设备发送第一信息。另一种可能的实现方式,第一终端可以通过为第一终端提供服务的第一AMF向第一接入网设备发送第一信息。This application does not specifically limit the manner in which the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device. In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal may directly send the first information to the first access network device. In another possible implementation manner, the first terminal may send the first information to the first access network device through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
步骤205,第一接入网设备根据第一信息,在第一终端的上下文中生成第三对应关系,和/或,在第二终端的上下文中生成第四对应关系。Step 205, the first access network device generates a third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generates a fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
其中,第三对应关系包括第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流与第二终端的第二DRB的对应关系。第四对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal. The fourth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在步骤205之前,还可以执行步骤206-207。In some possible implementation manners, before step 205, steps 206-207 may also be performed.
步骤206,第一接入网设备向第二终端发送第五信息。Step 206, the first access network device sends fifth information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一接入网设备的第五信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives fifth information from the first access network device.
其中,第五信息用于询问是否同意将第一媒体转移至第二终端。Wherein, the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
步骤207,第二终端向第一接入网设备发送第六信息。Step 207, the second terminal sends sixth information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自第二终端的第六信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives sixth information from the second terminal.
其中,第六信息用于指示同意将第一媒体转移至第二终端。Wherein, the sixth information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
此外,若第二终端不支持或不同意将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端,则第二终端可以向第一接入网设备发送拒绝信息。In addition, if the second terminal does not support or agree to transfer the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal, the second terminal may send rejection information to the first access network device.
可选地,若步骤202中的第二信息未携带第二终端分配的第二会话的标识,则第六信息可以携带该第二会话的标识。可选地,该第二会话的标识经过加密处理。Optionally, if the second information in step 202 does not carry the identifier of the second session assigned by the second terminal, the sixth information may carry the identifier of the second session. Optionally, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
需要说明的是,若第一终端通过第一AMF向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,则也可以由第一AMF通过为第二终端提供服务的第二AMF向第二终端发送第五信息,以及第二终端通过第二AMF向第一AMF发送第六信息。It should be noted that if the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device through the first AMF, the first AMF may also send the fifth information to the second terminal through the second AMF serving the second terminal. information, and the second terminal sends sixth information to the first AMF through the second AMF.
步骤208,第一接入网设备获取第八信息。Step 208, the first access network device acquires the eighth information.
其中,第八信息包括第一会话的上下文信息和第一QoS流的上下文信息。其中,第一会话的上下文信息包括以下至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等。第一QoS流的上下文信息包括以下至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR等QoS参数。Wherein, the eighth information includes the context information of the first session and the context information of the first QoS flow. Wherein, the context information of the first session includes at least one of the following: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR. The context information of the first QoS flow includes at least one of the following: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备从为第一终端提供服务的第一SMF获取第八信息。例如,第一接入网设备可以通过第一AMF从第一SMF获取第八信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device acquires the eighth information from the first SMF that provides services for the first terminal. For example, the first access network device may obtain the eighth information from the first SMF through the first AMF.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备获取本地存储的第八信息。该第八信息可以是在为第一终端建立第一会话的第一QoS流时第一SMF发送给第一接入网设备的。In another possible implementation manner, the first access network device acquires the locally stored eighth information. The eighth information may be sent by the first SMF to the first access network device when the first QoS flow of the first session is established for the first terminal.
需要说明的是,本申请不限定步骤205与步骤208的先后顺序。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the order of steps 205 and 208 .
步骤209,第一接入网设备向第二终端发送第四信息。Step 209, the first access network device sends fourth information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一接入网设备的第四信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives fourth information from the first access network device.
其中,第四信息包括:第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、第一会话的上下文信息、以及第一QoS流的上下文信息。第一会话的上下文信息用于第二终端确定第二会话的上下文。第一QoS流的上下文信息用于第二终端确定第二QoS流的上下文。这里的第二会话的标识可以是由第二终端分配的,也可以是预配置在第一接入网设备中的,例如,在第一接入网设备中对第二会话的标识使用固定值,例如,0。第二QoS流的标识可以是第一接入网设备分配的或者预配置在第一接入网设备中的。Wherein, the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow. The context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session. The context information of the first QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second QoS flow. The identifier of the second session here may be assigned by the second terminal, or may be pre-configured in the first access network device, for example, a fixed value is used for the identifier of the second session in the first access network device , for example, 0. The identifier of the second QoS flow may be allocated by the first access network device or preconfigured in the first access network device.
可选地,若步骤204中的第一信息携带了第一媒体的标识,则第四信息还可以包括第一媒体的标识。Optionally, if the first information in step 204 carries the identifier of the first media, the fourth information may further include the identifier of the first media.
可选地,第四信息还可以包括第二DRB的上下文信息,以便为第二终端配置第二DRB。Optionally, the fourth information may also include context information of the second DRB, so as to configure the second DRB for the second terminal.
步骤210,第二终端根据第四信息,确定第二会话的上下文信息和第二QoS流的上下文信息、以及生成第一对应关系。Step 210, the second terminal determines the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow according to the fourth information, and generates a first corresponding relationship.
其中,第一对应关系包括第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流与第二终端的第二DRB的对应关系。Wherein, the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第一会话的上下文信息,确定第二会话的上下文信息,以及根据第一QoS流的上下文信息,确定第二QoS流的上下文信息。作为一个示例,第二会话的上下文信息与第一会话的上下文信息相同,和/或,第二QoS流的上下文信息与第一QoS流的上下文信息相同。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines the context information of the second session according to the context information of the first session, and determines the context information of the second QoS flow according to the context information of the first QoS flow. As an example, the context information of the second session is the same as the context information of the first session, and/or the context information of the second QoS flow is the same as the context information of the first QoS flow.
需要说明的是,第二会话的上下文以及第二QoS流的上下文可以是第二终端本地生成的,也可以是第一接入网设备为第二终端配置的,本申请不予限制。It should be noted that the context of the second session and the context of the second QoS flow may be locally generated by the second terminal, or may be configured by the first access network device for the second terminal, which are not limited in this application.
在步骤201-210完成了将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端的配置流程。In steps 201-210, the configuration process of transferring the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal is completed.
完成了该配置流程后,第一媒体的下行数据的传输可以如步骤211-212所示。After the configuration process is completed, the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 211-212.
步骤211,第一接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流接收第一媒体的第一下行数据。Step 211, the first access network device receives the first downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
步骤212,第一接入网设备根据第一终端的上下文中的第三对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第二终端发送第一下行数据。第三对应关系可以参考步骤205,在此不再赘述。Step 212, the first access network device sends the first downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal. For the third corresponding relationship, reference may be made to step 205, which will not be repeated here.
完成了该配置流程后,第一媒体的上行数据可以如步骤213-216所示。After completing the configuration process, the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 213-216.
步骤213,第二终端获取第一媒体的第一上行数据。Step 213, the second terminal acquires the first uplink data of the first medium.
步骤214,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第一上行数据。Step 214, the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第一上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
步骤215,第二终端根据第一对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第一接入网设备发送第一上行数据。第一对应关系可以参考步骤210,在此不再赘述。Step 215, the second terminal sends the first uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the first correspondence. For the first corresponding relationship, reference may be made to step 210, which will not be repeated here.
步骤216,第一接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第四对应关系,通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流发送第一上行数据。第四对应关系可以参考步骤205,在此不再赘述。Step 216, the first access network device sends the first uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal. For the fourth corresponding relationship, reference may be made to step 205, which will not be repeated here.
在上述技术方案中,当将第一媒体从第一终端转移至第二终端时,可以以第一接入网设备为锚点改变接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输通道,即保持AS到第一接入网设备之间的数据传输通道不变,将接入网设备与终端之间的数据传输由第一接入网设备到第一终端转换为第一接入网设备到第二终端,实现了第一媒体从第一终端向第二终端的转移。此外,在该技术方案中,第一终端可以退出或维持第一媒体的数据传输该方法,并保证第一媒体的数据传输不中断,有助于提升用户体验。In the above technical solution, when the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, the data transmission channel between the access network device and the terminal can be changed with the first access network device as the anchor point, that is, the AS The data transmission channel to the first access network device remains unchanged, and the data transmission between the access network device and the terminal is converted from the first access network device to the first terminal to the first access network device to the second The terminal implements the transfer of the first media from the first terminal to the second terminal. In addition, in this technical solution, the first terminal can exit or maintain the method for data transmission of the first media, and ensure that the data transmission of the first media is not interrupted, which helps to improve user experience.
针对上述场景2,本申请提出了图3和图4所示的方法。For the above scenario 2, the present application proposes the methods shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 .
图3是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法300的示意图。方法300可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 300 may include at least some of the following.
步骤301,第二终端根据第二会话的上下文信息和第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定第三会话和第三QoS流。Step 301, the second terminal determines a third session and a third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第二终端根据第二会话的上下文信息和第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定第二终端上是否已经建立了第三会话和第三QoS流。若第二终端上为建立第三会话和/或第三QoS流,第二终端可以根据第二会话的上下文信息和/或第二QoS流的上下文信息,建立第三会话和/或第三QoS流。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines whether the third session and the third QoS flow have been established on the second terminal according to the second terminal's context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow. If the third session and/or the third QoS flow is not established on the second terminal, the second terminal may establish the third session and/or the third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and/or the context information of the second QoS flow flow.
可选地,第三会话的上下文信息与第二会话的上下文信息相同,第三QoS流的上下文信息与第二QoS流的上下文信息相同。Optionally, the context information of the third session is the same as the context information of the second session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is the same as the context information of the second QoS flow.
步骤302,第二终端生成第十对应关系。Step 302, the second terminal generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
其中,第十对应关系包括第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流、第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流、以及第二终端的第二DRB的对应关系。Wherein, the tenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, and the second DRB of the second terminal.
步骤303,第二终端向第一接入网设备发送第七信息。Step 303, the second terminal sends seventh information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收第二终端发送的第七信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the seventh information sent by the second terminal.
其中,第七信息用于指示第二终端的第二DRB对应于第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流。Wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB of the second terminal corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤304,第一接入网设备根据第七信息,生成第十一对应关系。Step 304, the first access network device generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
其中,第十一对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤305,第一接入网设备确定将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备。Step 305, the first access network device determines to switch the second terminal to the second access network device.
换一种描述方式,第一接入网设备确定第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,并进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围。To put it another way of description, the first access network device determines that the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备根据来自第二终端的测量报告,确定将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines to handover the second terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the second terminal.
需要说明的是,步骤305为可选步骤。图8以执行步骤305为例。It should be noted that step 305 is an optional step. FIG. 8 takes step 305 as an example.
步骤306,第一接入网设备向为第一终端提供服务的第一UPF发送第十信息。Step 306, the first access network device sends tenth information to the first UPF that provides services for the first terminal.
相应地,第一UPF接收来自第一接入网设备的第十信息。Correspondingly, the first UPF receives the tenth information from the first access network device.
其中,第十信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址。Wherein, the tenth information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备向为第二终端提供服务的第二AMF发送第十信息。第二AMF将接收到的第十信息发送至第一AMF。第一AMF将接收到的第十信息 发送至第一SMF。第一SMF将接收到的第十信息发送至第一UPF。需要说明的是,若第二AMF将接收到的第十信息未携带第三会话的IP地址,则第二AMF可以从为第二终端提供服务的第二SMF获取第三会话的IP地址,并随第十信息发送至第一UPF。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device sends the tenth information to the second AMF that provides services for the second terminal. The second AMF sends the received tenth information to the first AMF. The first AMF sends the received tenth information to the first SMF. The first SMF sends the received tenth information to the first UPF. It should be noted that if the tenth information to be received by the second AMF does not carry the IP address of the third session, the second AMF may obtain the IP address of the third session from the second SMF providing services for the second terminal, and It is sent to the first UPF along with the tenth information.
步骤307,第一UPF将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址。Step 307, the first UPF modifies the IP address of the data of the first QoS flow in the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
步骤308,第一接入网设备向第二终端发送第十一信息。Step 308, the first access network device sends the eleventh information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一接入网设备的第十一信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives the eleventh information from the first access network device.
其中,第十一信息用于指示删除第二会话和第二QoS流。Wherein, the eleventh information is used to indicate to delete the second session and the second QoS flow.
步骤309,第二终端根据第十一信息,生成第二对应关系,并删除第二会话和第二QoS流。Step 309, the second terminal generates a second correspondence according to the eleventh information, and deletes the second session and the second QoS flow.
其中,第二对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。这里的删除第二会话和第二QoS流,可以理解为,删除第二会话的上下文信息和第二QoS流上下文信息。Wherein, the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal. The deletion of the second session and the second QoS flow here may be understood as deleting the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
需要说明的是,在执行步骤305的情况下,步骤306至步骤309可以通过将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备的流程中的步骤来实现,具体的描述可以参见下文的图10,在图8中未体现第二终端切换至第二接入网设备时第二接入网设备的操作。It should be noted that, in the case of executing step 305, steps 306 to 309 can be implemented by the steps in the process of switching the second terminal to the second access network device. For specific description, please refer to FIG. 10 below. Operations of the second access network device when the second terminal switches to the second access network device are not shown in FIG. 8 .
在步骤301-309后,第一媒体的下行数据的传输可以如步骤310-311所示。After steps 301-309, the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 310-311.
步骤310,第二接入网设备通过第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流接收第一媒体的第二下行数据。Step 310, the second access network device receives the second downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
其中,第二终端从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。Wherein, the second terminal is handed over from the first access network device to the second access network device.
步骤311,第二接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第五对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第二终端发送第二下行数据。Step 311, the second access network device sends second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
其中,第五对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。其中,第三DRB为第二终端从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时第二接入网设备为第二终端配置的DRB,第三DRB可以用于传输第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的数据。Wherein, the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal. Wherein, the third DRB is the DRB configured by the second access network device for the second terminal when the second terminal switches from the first access network device to the second access network device, and the third DRB can be used to transmit the Data of the third QoS flow of the third session.
在步骤301-309后,第一媒体的上行数据可以如步骤312-315所示。After steps 301-309, the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 312-315.
步骤312,第二终端获取第一媒体的第二上行数据。Step 312, the second terminal acquires second uplink data of the first medium.
步骤313,第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过第三会话的第三QoS流发送第二上行数据。Step 313, the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第三会话的第三QoS流发送第二上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
步骤314,第二终端根据第二对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第二接入网设备发送第二上行数据。第二对应关系可以参考步骤309,在此不再赘述。Step 314, the second terminal sends the second uplink data to the second access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the second correspondence. For the second correspondence, reference may be made to step 309 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤315,第二接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第五对应关系,通过第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流发送第二上行数据。Step 315, the second access network device sends the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
需要说明的是,在不执行步骤305的情况下,上述步骤310-315中的第二接入网设备可以替换为第一接入网设备,第三DRB为第一接入网设备为第二终端配置的DRB,第三DRB可以用于传输第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的数据。It should be noted that, if step 305 is not performed, the second access network device in steps 310-315 above can be replaced by the first access network device, and the third DRB is the first access network device and the second The DRB configured by the terminal, the third DRB may be used to transmit the data of the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
图4是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法400的示意图。方法400可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method 400 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 400 may include at least some of the following.
步骤401,第一接入网设备确定将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备。Step 401, the first access network device determines to switch the second terminal to the second access network device.
换一种描述方式,第一接入网设备确定第二终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,并进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围。To put it another way of description, the first access network device determines that the second terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the second access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备根据来自第二终端的测量报告,确定将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines to handover the second terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the second terminal.
步骤402,第一接入网设备根据第四对应关系,向第二接入网设备发送第十三信息。Step 402, the first access network device sends the thirteenth information to the second access network device according to the fourth correspondence.
相应地,第二接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第十三信息。Correspondingly, the second access network device receives the thirteenth information from the first access network device.
其中,第四对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB、第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS、以及第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the fourth correspondence includes the correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal, the second QoS of the second session of the second terminal, and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
其中,第十三信息包括第一指示信息、第二终端的第二DRB的上下文信息、以及第一配置信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示为第二终端的第二DRB建立第一转发隧道。第一配置信息为第一接入网设备针对第一转发隧道的配置信息。Wherein, the thirteenth information includes the first indication information, the context information of the second DRB of the second terminal, and the first configuration information. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate to establish the first forwarding tunnel for the second DRB of the second terminal. The first configuration information is configuration information of the first access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备通过handover request向第二接入网设备发送第十三信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device sends the thirteenth information to the second access network device through a handover request.
步骤403,第二接入网设备根据第十三信息,生成第八对应关系。Step 403, the second access network device generates an eighth corresponding relationship according to the thirteenth information.
其中,第八对应关系包括第一转发隧道与第二终端的第三DRB的对应关系。Wherein, the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB of the second terminal.
步骤404,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第十四信息。Step 404, the second access network device sends fourteenth information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第十四信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives fourteenth information from the second access network device.
其中,第十四信息包括第三DRB的上下文信息、以及第二配置信息。其中,第三DRB的上下文信息用于第一接入网设备为第二终端配置第三DRB。第三DRB的上下文信息是根据第二DRB的上下文信息确定的,例如,第三DRB的上下文信息与第二DRB的上下文信息相同。第二配置信息为第二接入网设备针对第一转发隧道的配置信息。Wherein, the fourteenth information includes the context information of the third DRB and the second configuration information. Wherein, the context information of the third DRB is used by the first access network device to configure the third DRB for the second terminal. The context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB, for example, the context information of the third DRB is the same as the context information of the second DRB. The second configuration information is configuration information of the second access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
步骤405,第一接入网设备在第一终端的上下文中生成第六对应关系。Step 405, the first access network device generates a sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
其中,第六对应关系包括第一会话的第一QoS流与第一转发隧道的对应关系。Wherein, the sixth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
步骤406,第一接入网设备向第二终端发送第十五信息。Step 406, the first access network device sends fifteenth information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一接入网设备的第十五信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives fifteenth information from the first access network device.
其中,第十五信息包括第三DRB的上下文信息、第二会话的标识、以及第二QoS流的标识。Wherein, the fifteenth information includes the context information of the third DRB, the identifier of the second session, and the identifier of the second QoS flow.
步骤407,第二终端根据第十五信息,生成第十二对应关系。Step 407, the second terminal generates a twelfth correspondence according to the fifteenth information.
其中,第十二对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the twelfth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
在步骤401-407后,第一媒体的下行数据可以如步骤408-410所示。After steps 401-407, the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 408-410.
步骤408,第一接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流接收第一媒体的第三下行数据。Step 408, the first access network device receives the third downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
步骤409,第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过第一转发隧道向第二接入网设备发送第三下行数据。第六对应关系包括第一会话的第一QoS流与第一转发隧道的对应关系。Step 409, the first access network device sends the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the sixth correspondence. The sixth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
步骤410,第二接入网设备根据第八对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第二终端发送第三下行数据。Step 410, the second access network device sends third downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the eighth correspondence.
在步骤401-407后,第一媒体的上行数据可以如步骤411-415所示。After steps 401-407, the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 411-415.
步骤411、第二终端获取第一媒体的第三上行数据。Step 411, the second terminal acquires third uplink data of the first medium.
步骤412,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第三上行数据。Step 412, the second terminal determines to send the third uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第三上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the third uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
步骤413,第二终端根据第十二对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第二接入网设备发送第三上行数据。第十二对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系。Step 413, the second terminal sends third uplink data to the second access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the twelfth correspondence. The twelfth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
步骤414,第二接入网设备根据第八对应关系,通过第一转发隧道向第一接入网设备发送第三上行数据。Step 414, the second access network device sends the third uplink data to the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel according to the eighth correspondence.
步骤415,第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流发送第三上行数据。Step 415, the first access network device sends the third uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the sixth correspondence.
需要说明的是,图4中未详细示出的将第二终端切换至第二接入网设备的步骤可以参考现有技术,不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the step of switching the second terminal to the second access network device not shown in detail in FIG. 4 , reference may be made to the prior art, and details are not repeated here.
针对上述场景3,本申请提出了图5和图6所示的方法。For the above scenario 3, the present application proposes the methods shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 .
图5是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法500的示意图。方法500可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method 500 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 500 may include at least some of the following.
步骤501,第二终端根据第二会话的上下文信息和第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定第三会话和第三QoS流。Step 501, the second terminal determines a third session and a third QoS flow according to the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow.
步骤502,第二终端生成第十对应关系。Step 502, the second terminal generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
其中,第十对应关系包括第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流、第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流、以及第二终端的第二DRB的对应关系。Wherein, the tenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, and the second DRB of the second terminal.
步骤503,第二终端向第一接入网设备发送第七信息。Step 503, the second terminal sends seventh information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收第二终端发送的第七信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the seventh information sent by the second terminal.
其中,第七信息用于指示第二终端的第二DRB对应于第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流。Wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB of the second terminal corresponds to the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤504,第一接入网设备根据第七信息,生成第十一对应关系。Step 504, the first access network device generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
其中,第十一对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤501-504与图3中的步骤301-304相同,更详细的描述可以参考步骤301-304,在此不再赘述。Steps 501-504 are the same as steps 301-304 in FIG. 3 , for a more detailed description, reference may be made to steps 301-304 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤505,第一接入网设备确定将第一终端切换至第二接入网设备。Step 505, the first access network device determines to switch the first terminal to the second access network device.
换一种描述方式,第一接入网设备确定第一终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,并进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围。In another description, the first access network device determines that the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备根据来自第一终端的测量报告,确定将第一终端切换至第二接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines to handover the first terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the first terminal.
步骤506,第一接入网设备向为第一终端提供服务的第一UPF发送第十信息。Step 506, the first access network device sends tenth information to the first UPF that provides services for the first terminal.
相应地,第一UPF接收来自第一接入网设备的第十信息。Correspondingly, the first UPF receives the tenth information from the first access network device.
其中,第十信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址。Wherein, the tenth information is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
步骤507,第一UPF将第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的数据的IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址。Step 507, the first UPF modifies the IP address of the data of the first QoS flow in the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session.
步骤508,第一接入网设备向第二终端发送第十一信息。Step 508, the first access network device sends the eleventh information to the second terminal.
相应地,第二终端接收来自第一接入网设备的第十一信息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives the eleventh information from the first access network device.
其中,第十一信息用于指示删除第二会话和第二QoS流。Wherein, the eleventh information is used to indicate to delete the second session and the second QoS flow.
步骤506-508与图3中的步骤306-308相同,更详细的描述可以参考步骤306-308,在此不再赘述。Steps 506-508 are the same as steps 306-308 in FIG. 3 , for a more detailed description, reference may be made to steps 306-308 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤509,第二终端根据第十一信息,生成第十三对应关系,并删除第二会话和第二QoS流。Step 509, the second terminal generates a thirteenth correspondence according to the eleventh information, and deletes the second session and the second QoS flow.
其中,第十三对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the thirteenth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
在步骤501-509后,第一媒体的下行数据的传输可以如步骤510-511所示。After steps 501-509, the transmission of the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 510-511.
步骤510,第一接入网设备通过第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流接收第一媒体的第五下行数据。Step 510, the first access network device receives fifth downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤511,第一接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第十一对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第二终端发送第五下行数据。Step 511 , the first access network device sends fifth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the eleventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
其中,第十一对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the eleventh correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
在步骤501-509后,第一媒体的上行数据可以如步骤512-515所示。After steps 501-509, the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 512-515.
步骤512,第二终端获取第一媒体的第五上行数据。Step 512, the second terminal acquires fifth uplink data of the first medium.
步骤513,第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过第三会话的第三QoS流发送第五上行数据。Step 513, the second terminal determines to send fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第三会话的第三QoS流发送第五上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session.
步骤514,第二终端根据第十三对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第一接入网设备发送第五上行数据。其中,第十三对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。Step 514, the second terminal sends fifth uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the thirteenth correspondence. Wherein, the thirteenth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
步骤515,第一接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第十一对应关系,通过第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流发送第五上行数据。Step 515, the first access network device sends fifth uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal according to the eleventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
还需要说明的是,若第一接入网设备为第二终端配置了新的第三DRB用于传输第三会话的第三QoS流的数据,则第一接入网设备还生成第十五对应关系,第二终端还生成第十六对应关系,其中,第十五对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。第十六对应关系包括第二终端的第三DRB与第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流的对应关系。这样,在步骤511中,第一接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第十五对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第二终端发送第五下行数据; 在步骤514,第二终端根据第十六对应关系,通过第二终端的第三DRB向第一接入网设备发送第五上行数据;在步骤515中,第一接入网设备根据第二终端的上下文中的第十五对应关系,通过第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流发送第五上行数据。It should also be noted that if the first access network device configures a new third DRB for the second terminal to transmit the data of the third QoS flow of the third session, the first access network device also generates the fifteenth Corresponding relationship, the second terminal further generates a sixteenth corresponding relationship, where the fifteenth corresponding relationship includes a corresponding relationship between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal. The sixteenth correspondence includes the correspondence between the third DRB of the second terminal and the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal. In this way, in step 511, the first access network device sends the fifth downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifteenth correspondence in the context of the second terminal; According to the sixteenth corresponding relationship, the second terminal sends the fifth uplink data to the first access network device through the third DRB of the second terminal; in step 515, the first access network device Fifteen correspondences, the fifth uplink data is sent through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal.
图6是本申请实施例提供的用于传输数据的方法600的示意图。方法600可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 600 for transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 600 may include at least some of the following.
步骤601,第一接入网设备确定将第一终端切换至第二接入网设备。Step 601, the first access network device determines to switch the first terminal to the second access network device.
换一种描述方式,第一接入网设备确定第一终端离开第一接入网设备的覆盖范围,并进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围。In another description, the first access network device determines that the first terminal leaves the coverage of the first access network device and enters the coverage of the third access network device.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备根据来自第一终端的测量报告,确定将第一终端切换至第二接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines to handover the first terminal to the second access network device according to the measurement report from the first terminal.
步骤602,第一接入网设备根据第四对应关系,向第三接入网设备发送第十六信息。Step 602, the first access network device sends sixteenth information to the third access network device according to the fourth correspondence.
相应地,第三接入网设备接收来自第一接入网设备的第十六信息。Correspondingly, the third access network device receives the sixteenth information from the first access network device.
其中,第四对应关系包括第一终端的第二DRB、第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS、以及第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the fourth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the first terminal, the second QoS of the second session of the second terminal, and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
其中,第十六信息包括第三指示信息、以及第三配置信息。其中,第三指示信息用于指示为第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流建立第二转发隧道。第三配置信息为第一接入网设备针对第二转发隧道的配置信息。Wherein, the sixteenth information includes third indication information and third configuration information. Wherein, the third indication information is used to indicate to establish the second forwarding tunnel for the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal. The third configuration information is configuration information of the first access network device for the second forwarding tunnel.
一种可能的实现方式,第一接入网设备通过handover request向第三接入网设备发送第十六信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device sends the sixteenth information to the third access network device through a handover request.
步骤603,第三接入网设备根据第十六信息,生成第九对应关系。Step 603, the third access network device generates a ninth corresponding relationship according to the sixteenth information.
其中,第九对应关系包括第二转发隧道与第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流的对应关系。Wherein, the ninth correspondence includes a correspondence between the second forwarding tunnel and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
步骤604,第三接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第四配置信息。Step 604, the third access network device sends fourth configuration information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收来自第三接入网设备的第四配置信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives fourth configuration information from the third access network device.
其中,第四配置信息为第三接入网设备针对第一转发隧道的配置信息。Wherein, the fourth configuration information is configuration information of the third access network device for the first forwarding tunnel.
步骤605,第一接入网设备在第二终端的上下文中生成第七对应关系。Step 605, the first access network device generates a seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
其中,第七对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二转发隧道的对应关系。Wherein, the seventh correspondence includes the correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the second forwarding tunnel.
在步骤601-605后,第一媒体的下行数据可以如步骤606-608所示。After steps 601-605, the downlink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 606-608.
步骤606,第三接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流接收第一媒体的第四下行数据。Step 606, the third access network device receives fourth downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
步骤607,第三接入网设备根据第九对应关系,通过第二转发隧道向第一接入网设备发送第四下行数据。第九对应关系包括第一会话的第一QoS流与第二转发隧道的对应关系。Step 607, the third access network device sends fourth downlink data to the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel according to the ninth correspondence. The ninth correspondence includes the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the second forwarding tunnel.
步骤608,第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第二终端发送第四下行数据。Step 608, the first access network device sends fourth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the seventh correspondence.
在步骤601-605后,第一媒体的上行数据可以如步骤609-613所示。After steps 601-605, the uplink data of the first medium may be as shown in steps 609-613.
步骤609、第二终端获取第一媒体的第四上行数据。Step 609, the second terminal acquires fourth uplink data of the first medium.
步骤610,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第四上行数据。Step 610, the second terminal determines to send fourth uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
一种可能的实现方式,第二终端根据第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息中的QoS规则,确定通过第二会话的第二QoS流发送第四上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the second terminal determines to send the fourth uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the QoS rule in the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session.
步骤611,第二终端根据第一对应关系,通过第二终端的第二DRB向第一接入网设备发送第四上行数据。第一对应关系包括第二终端的第二DRB与第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系。Step 611, the second terminal sends fourth uplink data to the first access network device through the second DRB of the second terminal according to the first correspondence. The first correspondence includes a correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal.
步骤612,第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过第二转发隧道向第三接入网设备发送第四上行数据。Step 612, the first access network device sends fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel according to the seventh correspondence.
步骤613,第三接入网设备根据第九对应关系,通过第一终端的第一会话的第一QoS流发送第四上行数据。Step 613, the third access network device sends fourth uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to the ninth correspondence.
需要说明的是,图6中未详细示出的将第一终端切换至第三接入网设备的步骤可以参考现有技术,不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the step of switching the first terminal to the third access network device not shown in detail in FIG. 6 , reference may be made to the prior art, and details are not repeated here.
下面结合图7至图19对本申请的技术方案进行示例性的说明。在图7至图19中,AMF-1、SMF-1、UPF-1是为UE1提供服务的核心网实体,AMF-2、SMF-2是为UE2提供服务的核心网实体。其中,AMF-1和AMF-2可以相同,也可以不同;SMF-1和SMF-2可以相同,也可以不同。在图7至图19中,UE1、UE2、基站-A、基站-B、基站-C、AMF-1、SMF-1、UPF-1、AMF-2、SMF-2分别对应于上文的第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、第一SMF、第一UPF、第二AMF、第二SMF。The technical solution of the present application will be described exemplarily below with reference to FIG. 7 to FIG. 19 . In FIG. 7 to FIG. 19 , AMF-1, SMF-1, and UPF-1 are core network entities providing services for UE1, and AMF-2 and SMF-2 are core network entities providing services for UE2. Wherein, AMF-1 and AMF-2 may be the same or different; SMF-1 and SMF-2 may be the same or different. In Figure 7 to Figure 19, UE1, UE2, base station-A, base station-B, base station-C, AMF-1, SMF-1, UPF-1, AMF-2, SMF-2 respectively correspond to the above A terminal, a second terminal, a first access network device, a second access network device, a third access network device, a first AMF, a first SMF, a first UPF, a second AMF, and a second SMF.
示例1Example 1
示例1所示的方法可以应用于上文所述的场景1。针对场景1,图7示出了应用本申请的技术方案后UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径的一种变化。其中,AS-1为UE-1上正在使用的应用的服务器,AS-2是UE-2上正在使用的应用的服务器。The method shown in Example 1 can be applied to Scenario 1 described above. For scenario 1, FIG. 7 shows a change of a transmission path of media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application. Wherein, AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1, and AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
如图7所示,UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径由路径1变更为路径2。As shown in FIG. 7 , the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 1 to path 2 .
路径1:UE-1和UE-2分别传输各自的媒体的数据,UE-1通过基站-A、UPF-1与AS-1进行通信,UE-2通过基站-A、UPF-1与AS-2进行通信。Path 1: UE-1 and UE-2 transmit their respective media data, UE-1 communicates with AS-1 through base station-A, UPF-1, UE-2 communicates with AS-1 through base station-A, UPF-1 2 to communicate.
路径2:对于UE-1的媒体的数据,以基站-A为锚点,AS-1到基站-A的数据传输通道保持不变,将基站-A至UE-1的数据传输通道变更为基站-A至UE-2。变更后,AS-1通过UE-1的数据传输通道将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-A,基站-A将接收到的UE-1的媒体的数据通过UE-2的数据传输通道传输至UE-2。Path 2: For the media data of UE-1, with base station-A as the anchor point, the data transmission channel from AS-1 to base station-A remains unchanged, and the data transmission channel from base station-A to UE-1 is changed to the base station -A to UE-2. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A through the data transmission channel of UE-1, and base station-A transmits the received media data of UE-1 through the data transmission channel of UE-2 Transmitted to UE-2.
针对场景1,本申请提供了图8所示的用于传输数据的方法。For Scenario 1, the present application provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 8 .
图8是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的一个示例。Fig. 8 is an example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
步骤801,UE-1向UE-2发送第一请求消息。Step 801, UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自UE-1的第一请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
第一请求消息可以对应于上文所述的第二信息。The first request message may correspond to the second information described above.
其中,第一请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第一请求消息携带媒体对应的应用(application,APP)标识(identity,ID)。Wherein, the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The first request message carries an application (application, APP) identifier (identity, ID) corresponding to the media.
步骤802,UE-2向UE-1发送第一响应消息。Step 802, UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
相应地,UE-1接收来自UE-2的第一响应消息。Correspondingly, UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
第一响应消息可以对应于上文所述的第三信息。The first response message may correspond to the above-mentioned third information.
其中,第一响应消息包括UE-2的标识、UE-2所在小区的标识、以及UE-2分配的PSI-2。Wherein, the first response message includes the identifier of UE-2, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located, and the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
其中,UE-2的标识为可以唯一确定UE-2的信息,例如UE-2的标识可以为5G-GUTI、TMSI、C-RNTI等。UE-2所在小区的标识为可以唯一确定UE-2所在小区的信息,例如UE-2所在小区的标识可以为NCGI或PCI。PSI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,可选地,UE-2可以对PSI-2加密,例如UE-2可以使用基站与UE-2之间的加密秘钥对PSI-2进行加密。Wherein, the identifier of UE-2 is information that can uniquely determine UE-2, for example, the identifier of UE-2 may be 5G-GUTI, TMSI, C-RNTI, etc. The identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located is information that can uniquely determine the cell where UE-2 is located, for example, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located may be NCGI or PCI. PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. Optionally, UE-2 can encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 can use The encryption key between the base station and UE-2 encrypts PSI-2.
步骤803,UE-1向基站-A发送第二请求消息。Step 803, UE-1 sends a second request message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自UE-1的第二请求消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the second request message from UE-1.
第二请求消息可以对应于上文所述的第一信息。The second request message may correspond to the first information described above.
其中,第二请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第二请求消息包括UE-2的标识、UE-2分配的PSI-2、以及媒体对应的QoS流(QoS flow)的信息。媒体对应的QoS流的信息可以包括PSI-1、QFI-1、以及媒体对应的QoS规则(QoS rule),其中,PSI-1为UE-1的用于传输该媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,QFI-1为UE-1的用于传输该媒体的数据的QoS流的标识。Wherein, the second request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The second request message includes the identifier of UE-2, the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and the information of the QoS flow (QoS flow) corresponding to the media. The information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media may include PSI-1, QFI-1, and the QoS rule (QoS rule) corresponding to the media, where PSI-1 is the identification of the PDU session used to transmit the data of the media of UE-1 , QFI-1 is the identifier of the QoS flow used to transmit the media data of UE-1.
可选地,第二请求消息为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息。Optionally, the second request message is a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message.
可选地,若UE-2对PSI-2进行了加密,则基站-A可以对PSI-2进行解密,并验证UE-1将媒体转移至UE-2的合法性。Optionally, if UE-2 encrypts PSI-2, base station-A may decrypt PSI-2, and verify the legitimacy of UE-1 transferring the media to UE-2.
步骤804,基站-A向AMF-1发送第三请求消息。Step 804, base station-A sends a third request message to AMF-1.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自基站-A的第三请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the third request message from base station-A.
其中,第三请求消息用于请求媒体的相关信息。第三请求消息包括PSI-1和QFI-1。Wherein, the third request message is used to request media-related information. The third request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
步骤805,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第四请求消息。Step 805, AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第四请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第四请求消息用于请求媒体的相关信息。第四请求消息包括PSI-1和QFI-1。Wherein, the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information. The fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
步骤806,SMF-1根据第四请求消息,向AMF-1发送第四响应消息。Step 806, SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自SMF-1的第四响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
其中,第四响应消息包括媒体的相关信息。媒体的相关信息包括PSI-1对应的信息、以及QFI-1对应的信息。PSI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等。QFI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR等QoS参数。Wherein, the fourth response message includes media-related information. The media-related information includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1. The information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR. The information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
步骤807,AMF-1向基站-A发送第三响应消息。Step 807, AMF-1 sends a third response message to base station-A.
相应地,接收来自AMF-1的第三响应消息。Correspondingly, a third response message from AMF-1 is received.
其中,基站-A第三响应消息包括PSI-1对应的信息、以及QFI-1对应的信息。PSI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等。QFI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR等QoS参数。Wherein, the base station-A third response message includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1. The information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR. The information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
步骤808,基站-A向UE-2发送第一配置消息。Step 808, base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第一配置消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
其中,第一配置消息用于为UE-2配置DRB-2,DRB-2用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据。第一配置消息携带第四信息,第四信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:PSI-2、 PSI-1对应的信息、QFI-2、QFI-1对应的信息、以及媒体对应的QoS规则。其中,QFI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的QoS流的标识。一种可能的实现方式,PSI-2和QFI-2携带在第一配置消息的SDAP头部中。Wherein, the first configuration message is used to configure DRB-2 for UE-2, and DRB-2 is used to transmit media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. The first configuration message carries fourth information, and the fourth information includes at least one of the following information: PSI-2, information corresponding to PSI-1, QFI-2, information corresponding to QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to media. Wherein, QFI-2 is an identifier of a QoS flow of UE-2 used for transmitting media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. In a possible implementation manner, the PSI-2 and QFI-2 are carried in the SDAP header of the first configuration message.
可选地,QFI-2与QFI-1相同。Optionally, QFI-2 is the same as QFI-1.
步骤809,基站-A更新UE-1的上下文和UE-2的上下文。Step 809, base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
具体地,基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系,在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系。其中,第三对应关系为
第四对应关系为
Specifically, base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1, and records the fourth correspondence in the context of UE-2. Among them, the third correspondence is The fourth correspondence is
需要说明的是,本申请不限定步骤808和809的先后顺序。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the order of steps 808 and 809 .
步骤810,UE-2根据第一配置消息,生成与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数。Step 810, UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
其中,与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数包括PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息。PSI-2对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等,其中的IP地址为UE-1的IP地址。QFI-2对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR、QoS规则等QoS参数,其中,QoS规则为媒体对应的QoS规则。Wherein, the QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 include information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2. The information corresponding to PSI-2 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR, etc., where the IP address is the IP address of UE-1. The information corresponding to the QFI-2 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, MFBR, and QoS rules, where the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the media.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-2的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-2,并通过DRB-2发送给基站-A;基站-A根据第四对应关系,将接收到的数据通过PSI-1和QFI-1发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-A通过PSI-1和QFI-1接收到数据后,基站-A根据第三对应关系,将接收到的数据通过DRB-2发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1 according to the fourth correspondence, and then by UPF-1 sends to AS-1. For the downlink, after base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the third correspondence.
此外,需要说明的是,步骤802中的第一响应消息和步骤803的第二请求消息中也可以不携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,一种可替换方案为基站-A可以使用预设的PSI(例如,0)。换句话说,UE-2可以不分配PSI-2。In addition, it should be noted that the first response message in step 802 and the second request message in step 803 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2. An alternative solution is that base station-A may use the preset PSI (for example, 0). In other words, UE-2 may not allocate PSI-2.
还需要说明的是,步骤801中的第一请求消息也可以不携带媒体对应的应用标识,一种可替换方案为UE-1将应用标识发送至基站-A,再由基站-A发送至UE-2,例如,UE-1可以通过步骤803中的第二请求消息将应用标识发送给向基站-A,基站-A可以通过步骤808的第一配置消息将应用标识发送给UE-2。It should also be noted that the first request message in step 801 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media. An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to base station-A, and then base station-A sends it to UE -2, for example, UE-1 may send the application identifier to base station-A through the second request message in step 803, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 808.
还需要说明的是,基站-A也可以不从核心网获取媒体的相关信息,即可以不执行步骤804-807,一种可替换方案为基站-A根据QoS配置文件(QoS profile)获取并发送媒体的相关信息,其中的QoS配置文件可以是在为UE-1建立QoS流时SMF-1向基站-A发送的。It should also be noted that the base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network, that is, steps 804-807 may not be performed. An alternative solution is that the base station-A obtains and sends the media information according to the QoS profile (QoS profile). Media-related information, wherein the QoS configuration file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
在上述技术方案中,基站-A可以获取一个虚拟的PSI-2,并根据PSI-2为UE-2配置DRB-2,同时基站-A可以将PSI-1的IP地址、媒体对应的QoS规则、PSI-1对应的PDU会话的参数、以及QFI-1对应的QoS流的参数等发送给UE-2,UE-2可以根据收到的信息构造虚拟的PDU会话(PSI-2)和QoS流(QFI-2),该虚拟的PDU会话使用PSI-1的IP地址,并且该虚拟的QoS流基于媒体对应的QoS规则。这样,可以实现将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,并且可以保证媒体的数据的传输不中断。对于UE-1来说,UE-1则可以完全退出媒体的数据的传输。In the above technical solution, base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2. , the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media. In this way, the media of UE-1 can be transferred to UE-2, and it can be ensured that the transmission of media data is not interrupted. For UE-1, UE-1 can completely quit the transmission of media data.
示例2Example 2
针对场景1,本申请还提供了图9所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 1, the present application also provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 9 .
图9是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 9 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
步骤901,UE-1向UE-2发送第一请求消息。Step 901, UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自UE-1的第一请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
第一请求消息可以对应于上文所述的第二信息。The first request message may correspond to the second information described above.
其中,第一请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第一请求消息携带媒体对应的应用标识。Wherein, the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
步骤902,UE-2向UE-1发送第一响应消息。Step 902, UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
相应地,UE-1接收来自UE-2的第一响应消息。Correspondingly, UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
第一响应消息可以对应于上文所述的第三信息。The first response message may correspond to the above-mentioned third information.
其中,第一响应消息包括UE-2的标识、UE-2所在小区的标识、以及UE-2分配的PSI-2。Wherein, the first response message includes the identifier of UE-2, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located, and the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
其中,UE-2的标识为可以唯一确定UE-2的信息,例如UE-2的标识可以为5G-GUTI、TMSI、C-RNTI等。UE-2所在小区的标识为可以唯一确定UE-2所在小区的信息,例如UE-2所在小区的标识可以为NCGI。PSI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,可选地,UE-2可以对PSI-2加密,例如UE-2可以使用基站与UE-2之间的加密秘钥对PSI-2进行加密。Wherein, the identifier of UE-2 is information that can uniquely determine UE-2, for example, the identifier of UE-2 may be 5G-GUTI, TMSI, C-RNTI, etc. The identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located is information that can uniquely determine the cell where UE-2 is located, for example, the identifier of the cell where UE-2 is located may be NCGI. PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. Optionally, UE-2 can encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 can use The encryption key between the base station and UE-2 encrypts PSI-2.
步骤903,UE-1向AMF-1发送第五请求消息。Step 903, UE-1 sends a fifth request message to AMF-1.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自UE-1的第五请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fifth request message from UE-1.
其中,第五请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第五请求消息包括UE-2的标识、UE-2分配的PSI-2、以及媒体对应的QoS流的信息。媒体对应的QoS流的信息可以包括PSI-1、QFI-1、以及媒体对应的QoS规则,其中,PSI-1为UE-1的用于传输该媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,QFI-1为UE-1的用于传输该媒体的数据的QoS流的标识。Wherein, the fifth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The fifth request message includes the identifier of UE-2, the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media. The information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media may include PSI-1, QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to the media, where PSI-1 is the identifier of the PDU session used to transmit the data of the media of UE-1, and QFI-1 It is the identifier of the QoS flow used to transmit the media data of UE-1.
可选地,第五请求消息为NAS消息。Optionally, the fifth request message is a NAS message.
步骤904,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第四请求消息。Step 904, AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第四请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第四请求消息用于请求媒体的相关信息。媒体的相关信息可以包括上文的第二信息。第四请求消息包括PSI-1和QFI-1。Wherein, the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information. The media-related information may include the second information above. The fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
步骤905,SMF-1根据第四请求消息,向AMF-1发送第四响应消息。Step 905, SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自SMF-1的第四响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
其中,第四响应消息包括媒体的相关信息。媒体的相关信息包括PSI-1对应的信息、以及QFI-1对应的信息。PSI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等。QFI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR等QoS参数。Wherein, the fourth response message includes media-related information. The media-related information includes information corresponding to PSI-1 and information corresponding to QFI-1. The information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR. The information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
步骤906,AMF-1向基站-A发送第六请求消息。Step 906, AMF-1 sends a sixth request message to base station-A.
相应地,接收来自AMF-1的第六请求消息。Accordingly, a sixth request message from AMF-1 is received.
其中,第六请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第六请求消息包括UE-2的标识、PSI-2、PSI-1对应的信息、以及QFI-1对应的信息。PSI-1对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等。QFI-1 对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR等QoS参数。Wherein, the sixth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The sixth request message includes the identifier of UE-2, PSI-2, information corresponding to PSI-1, and information corresponding to QFI-1. The information corresponding to PSI-1 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR. The information corresponding to QFI-1 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, and MFBR.
可选地,若UE-2对PSI-2进行了加密,则基站-A可以对PSI-2进行解密,并验证UE-1将媒体转移至UE-2的合法性。Optionally, if UE-2 encrypts PSI-2, base station-A may decrypt PSI-2, and verify the legitimacy of UE-1 transferring the media to UE-2.
步骤907,基站-A向UE-2发送第一配置消息。Step 907, base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第一配置消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
其中,第一配置消息用于为UE-2配置DRB-2,DRB-2用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据。第一配置消息包括第四信息,第四信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:PSI-2、PSI-1对应的信息、QFI-2、QFI-1对应的信息、以及媒体对应的QoS规则。其中,QFI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的QoS流的标识。一种可能的实现方式,PSI-2和QFI-2携带在第一配置消息的SDAP头部中。Wherein, the first configuration message is used to configure DRB-2 for UE-2, and DRB-2 is used to transmit media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. The first configuration message includes fourth information, and the fourth information includes at least one of the following information: information corresponding to PSI-2 and PSI-1, information corresponding to QFI-2 and QFI-1, and QoS rules corresponding to media. Wherein, QFI-2 is an identifier of a QoS flow of UE-2 used for transmitting media data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. In a possible implementation manner, the PSI-2 and QFI-2 are carried in the SDAP header of the first configuration message.
可选地,QFI-2与QFI-1相同。Optionally, QFI-2 is the same as QFI-1.
步骤908,基站-A更新UE-1的上下文和UE-2的上下文。Step 908, base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
具体地,基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系,在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系。其中,第三对应关系为
第四对应关系为
Specifically, base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1, and records the fourth correspondence in the context of UE-2. Among them, the third correspondence is The fourth correspondence is
需要说明的是,本申请不限定步骤907和908的先后顺序。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the sequence of steps 907 and 908 .
步骤909,UE-2根据第一配置消息,生成与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数。Step 909, UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
其中,与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数包括PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息。PSI-2对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:IP地址、DNN、S-NSSAI、SSC模式、以及会话AMBR等,其中的IP地址为UE-1的IP地址。QFI-2对应的信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:5QI、GFBR、MFBR、QoS规则等QoS参数,其中,QoS规则为媒体对应的QoS规则。Wherein, the QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 include information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2. The information corresponding to PSI-2 includes at least one of the following information: IP address, DNN, S-NSSAI, SSC mode, and session AMBR, etc., where the IP address is the IP address of UE-1. The information corresponding to the QFI-2 includes at least one of the following information: QoS parameters such as 5QI, GFBR, MFBR, and QoS rules, where the QoS rule is a QoS rule corresponding to the media.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-2的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-2,并通过DRB-2发送给基站-A;基站-A根据第四对应关系,将接收到的数据通过PSI-1和QFI-1发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-A通过PSI-1和QFI-1接收到数据后,基站-A根据第三对应关系,将接收到的数据通过DRB-2发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1 according to the fourth correspondence, and then by UPF-1 sends to AS-1. For the downlink, after base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the third correspondence.
此外,需要说明的是,步骤902中的第一响应消息、步骤903的第五请求消息、步骤906的第六请求消息中也可以不携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,一种可替换方案为基站-A可以使用预设的PSI(例如,0)。换句话说,UE-2可以不分配PSI-2。In addition, it should be noted that the first response message in step 902, the fifth request message in step 903, and the sixth request message in step 906 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, an alternative solution A preset PSI (eg, 0) may be used for base station-A. In other words, UE-2 may not allocate PSI-2.
还需要说明的是,步骤901中的第一请求消息也可以不携带媒体对应的应用标识,一种可替换方案为UE-1将应用标识发送至AMF-1,由AMF-1发送至基站-A,再由基站-A发送至UE-2,例如,UE-1可以通过步骤903中的第五请求消息将应用标识发送给向AMF-1,AMF-1可以通过步骤906中的第六请求消息将应用标识发送至基站-A,基站-A可以通过步骤907的第一配置消息将应用标识发送给UE-2。It should also be noted that the first request message in step 901 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media. An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to AMF-1, and AMF-1 sends it to base station- A, then sent by base station-A to UE-2, for example, UE-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the fifth request message in step 903, and AMF-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the sixth request message in step 906 The message sends the application identifier to base station-A, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 907 .
还需要说明的是,基站-A也可以不从核心网获取媒体的相关信息,一种可替换方案为基站-A根据QoS配置文件(QoS profile)获取并发送媒体的相关信息,其中的QoS配置文件可以是在为UE-1建立QoS流时SMF-1向基站-A发送的。It should also be noted that base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network. An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and sends media-related information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile), wherein the QoS configuration The file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
在上述技术方案中,基站-A可以获取一个虚拟的PSI-2,并根据PSI-2为UE-2配置DRB-2,同时基站-A可以将PSI-1的IP地址、媒体对应的QoS规则、PSI-1对应的PDU会话的参数、以及QFI-1对应的QoS流的参数等发送给UE-2,UE-2可以根据收到的信息构造虚拟的PDU会话(PSI-2)和QoS流(QFI-2),该虚拟的PDU会话使用PSI-1的IP地址,并且该虚拟的QoS流基于媒体对应的QoS规则。这样,可以实现将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,并且可以保证媒体的数据的传输不中断。对于UE-1来说,UE-1则可以完全退出媒体的数据的传输。In the above technical solution, base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2. , the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media. In this way, the media of UE-1 can be transferred to UE-2, and it can be ensured that the transmission of media data is not interrupted. For UE-1, UE-1 can completely quit the transmission of media data.
示例3Example 3
针对场景1,本申请还提供了图10所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 1, the present application also provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 10 .
图10是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 10 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
步骤1001,UE-1向UE-2发送第一请求消息。Step 1001, UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自UE-1的第一请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
其中,第一请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第一请求消息携带媒体对应的应用标识。Wherein, the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
步骤1002,UE-2向UE-1发送第一响应消息。Step 1002, UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
相应地,UE-1接收来自UE-2的第一响应消息。Correspondingly, UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
其中,第一响应消息包括UE-2的标识、以及UE-2所在小区的标识。UE-2的标识和UE-2所在小区的标识的详细描述可以参考图8,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first response message includes the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located. For a detailed description of the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤1003,UE-1向基站-A发送第二请求消息。Step 1003, UE-1 sends a second request message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自UE-1的第二请求消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the second request message from UE-1.
其中,第二请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第二请求消息包括UE-2的标识、媒体对应的QoS流的信息。媒体对应的QoS流的信息的详细描述可以参考图8,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the second request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The second request message includes the identifier of UE-2 and the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media. For a detailed description of the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
可选地,第二请求消息为RRC消息。Optionally, the second request message is an RRC message.
步骤1004,基站-A根据第二请求消息中的UE-2的标识,向UE-2发送第七请求消息。Step 1004, base station-A sends a seventh request message to UE-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the second request message.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第七请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the seventh request message from base station-A.
其中,第七请求消息用于询问UE-2是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第七请求消息携带UE-1的标识。Wherein, the seventh request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The seventh request message carries the identifier of UE-1.
步骤1005,UE-2确定是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。Step 1005, UE-2 determines whether to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
若UE-2同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,则UE-2可以分配PSI-2,并执行步骤1006。其中,PSI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,可选地,UE-2可以对PSI-2加密,例如UE-2可以使用基站与UE-2之间的加密秘钥对PSI-2进行加密。If UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2, UE-2 may allocate PSI-2, and execute step 1006. Wherein, PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the data of the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. Optionally, UE-2 may encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 PSI-2 may be encrypted using an encryption key between the base station and UE-2.
步骤1006,UE-2向基站-A发送第七响应消息。Step 1006, UE-2 sends a seventh response message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自UE-2的第七响应消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the seventh response message from UE-2.
其中,第七响应消息用于指示UE-2同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第七响应消息携带UE-2分配的PSI-2。Wherein, the seventh response message is used to instruct UE-2 to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The seventh response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
步骤1007,基站-A向AMF-1发送第三请求消息。Step 1007, base station-A sends a third request message to AMF-1.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自基站-A的第三请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the third request message from base station-A.
步骤1008,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第四请求消息。Step 1008, AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第四请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
步骤1009,SMF-1根据第四请求消息,向AMF-1发送第四响应消息。Step 1009, SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自SMF-1的第四响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
步骤1010,AMF-1向基站-A发送第三响应消息。Step 1010, AMF-1 sends a third response message to base station-A.
相应地,接收来自AMF-1的第三响应消息。Correspondingly, a third response message from AMF-1 is received.
步骤1011,基站-A向UE-2发送第一配置消息。Step 1011, base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第一配置消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
步骤1012,基站-A更新UE-1的上下文和UE-2的上下文。Step 1012, base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
步骤1013,UE-2根据第一配置消息,生成与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数。Step 1013, UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
后续,AS-1可以向UE-2传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据。Subsequently, AS-1 may transmit the media generated data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 to UE-2.
步骤1007-1013与步骤804-810相同,可以参考步骤804-810的描述,在此不再赘述。Steps 1007-1013 are the same as steps 804-810, and reference may be made to the description of steps 804-810, which will not be repeated here.
此外,需要说明的是,步骤1006中的第七响应消息中也可以不携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,一种可替换方案为在步骤1002中的第一响应消息和步骤1003的第二请求消息中携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,另一种可替换方案为基站-A可以使用预设的PSI(例如,0)。In addition, it should be noted that the seventh response message in step 1006 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2. An alternative solution is the first response message in step 1002 and the second response message in step 1003. The request message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2, and another alternative solution is that base station-A can use a preset PSI (for example, 0).
还需要说明的是,步骤1001中的第一请求消息也可以不携带媒体对应的应用标识,一种可替换方案为UE-1将应用标识发送至基站-A,再由基站-A发送至UE-2,例如,UE-1可以通过步骤1003中的第二请求消息将应用标识发送给向基站-A,基站-A可以通过步骤1011的第一配置消息将应用标识发送给UE-2。It should also be noted that the first request message in step 1001 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media. An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to base station-A, and then base station-A sends it to UE -2, for example, UE-1 may send the application identifier to base station-A through the second request message in step 1003, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 1011.
还需要说明的是,基站-A也可以不从核心网获取媒体的相关信息,即可以不执行步骤1007-1010,一种可替换方案为基站-A根据QoS配置文件(QoS profile)获取并发送媒体的相关信息,其中的QoS配置文件可以是在为UE-1建立QoS流时SMF-1向基站-A发送的。It should also be noted that base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network, that is, steps 1007-1010 may not be performed. An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and transmits media information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile). Media-related information, wherein the QoS configuration file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
在上述技术方案中,基站-A可以获取一个虚拟的PSI-2,并根据PSI-2为UE-2配置DRB-2,同时基站-A可以将PSI-1的IP地址、媒体对应的QoS规则、PSI-1对应的PDU会话地参数、以及QFI-1对应的QoS流的参数等发送给UE-2,UE-2可以根据收到的信息构造虚拟的PDU会话(PSI-2)和QoS流(QFI-2),该虚拟的PDU会话使用PSI-1的IP地址,并且该QoS流基于媒体对应的QoS规则。这样,可以实现将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,并且可以保证媒体的数据的传输不中断。对于UE-1来说,UE-1则可以完全退出媒体的数据的传输。In the above technical solution, base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2. , PDU session parameters corresponding to PSI-1, and QoS flow parameters corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media. In this way, the media of UE-1 can be transferred to UE-2, and it can be ensured that the transmission of media data is not interrupted. For UE-1, UE-1 can completely quit the transmission of media data.
此外,在上述技术方案中,通过基站-A询问UE-2是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,有助于避免UE-1的误操作对UE-2带来的影响,从而使得媒体转移过程更准确。In addition, in the above technical solution, base station-A inquires whether UE-2 agrees to transfer UE-1's media to UE-2, which helps to avoid the impact of UE-1's misoperation on UE-2, thereby Make the media transfer process more accurate.
示例4Example 4
针对场景1,本申请还提供了图11所示的用于传输数据的方法。For Scenario 1, the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 11 .
图11是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 11 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
步骤1101,UE-1向UE-2发送第一请求消息。Step 1101, UE-1 sends a first request message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自UE-1的第一请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first request message from UE-1.
其中,第一请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第一请求消息携带媒体对应的应用标识。Wherein, the first request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The first request message carries an application identifier corresponding to the medium.
步骤1102,UE-2向UE-1发送第一响应消息。Step 1102, UE-2 sends a first response message to UE-1.
相应地,UE-1接收来自UE-2的第一响应消息。Correspondingly, UE-1 receives the first response message from UE-2.
其中,第一响应消息包括UE-2的标识、以及UE-2所在小区的标识。UE-2的标识和UE-2所在小区的标识的详细描述可以参考图8,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the first response message includes the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located. For a detailed description of the identity of UE-2 and the identity of the cell where UE-2 is located, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤1103,UE-1向AMF-1发送第五请求消息。Step 1103, UE-1 sends a fifth request message to AMF-1.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自UE-1的第五请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fifth request message from UE-1.
其中,第五请求消息用于请求将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第五请求消息包括UE-2的标识和媒体对应的QoS流的信息。媒体对应的QoS流的信息的详细描述可以参考图8,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the fifth request message is used to request to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The fifth request message includes the identifier of UE-2 and information about the QoS flow corresponding to the media. For a detailed description of the information of the QoS flow corresponding to the media, reference may be made to FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
可选地,第五请求消息为NAS消息。Optionally, the fifth request message is a NAS message.
步骤1104,AMF-1根据第五请求消息中的UE-2的标识,向AMF-2发送第八请求消息。Step 1104, AMF-1 sends an eighth request message to AMF-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the fifth request message.
相应地,AMF-2接收来自AMF-1的第八请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-2 receives the eighth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第八请求消息用于询问UE-2是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第八请求消息携带UE-1的标识和UE-2的标识。Wherein, the eighth request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The eighth request message carries the identity of UE-1 and the identity of UE-2.
步骤1105,AMF-2根据第八请求消息中的UE-2的标识,向UE-2发送第九请求消息。Step 1105, AMF-2 sends a ninth request message to UE-2 according to the identifier of UE-2 in the eighth request message.
相应地,UE-2接收来自AMF-2的第九请求消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the ninth request message from AMF-2.
其中,第九请求消息用于询问UE-2是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第九请求消息携带UE-1的标识。Wherein, the ninth request message is used to inquire whether UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The ninth request message carries the identifier of UE-1.
步骤1106,UE-2确定是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。Step 1106, UE-2 determines whether to agree to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2.
若UE-2同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,则UE-2可以分配PSI-2,并执行步骤1107。其中,PSI-2为UE-2的用于传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体的数据的PDU会话的标识,可选地,UE-2可以对PSI-2加密,例如UE-2可以使用基站与UE-2之间的加密秘钥对PSI-2进行加密。If UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2, UE-2 may allocate PSI-2, and perform step 1107. Wherein, PSI-2 is the identification of the PDU session of UE-2 used to transmit the data of the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2. Optionally, UE-2 may encrypt PSI-2, for example, UE-2 PSI-2 may be encrypted using an encryption key between the base station and UE-2.
步骤1107,UE-2向AMF-2发送第九响应消息。Step 1107, UE-2 sends a ninth response message to AMF-2.
相应地,AMF-2接收来自UE-2的第九响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-2 receives the ninth response message from UE-2.
其中,第九响应消息用于指示UE-2同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第九响应消息携带UE-2分配的PSI-2。Wherein, the ninth response message is used to indicate that UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The ninth response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
步骤1108,AMF-2向AMF-1发送第八响应消息。Step 1108, AMF-2 sends an eighth response message to AMF-1.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自AMF-2的第八响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the eighth response message from AMF-2.
其中,第八响应消息用于指示UE-2同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2。第八响应消息携带UE-2分配的PSI-2。Wherein, the eighth response message is used to indicate that UE-2 agrees to transfer the media of UE-1 to UE-2. The eighth response message carries the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2.
步骤1109,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第四请求消息。Step 1109, AMF-1 sends a fourth request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第四请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the fourth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第四请求消息用于请求媒体的相关信息。媒体的相关信息可以包括上文的第二信息。第四请求消息包括PSI-1和QFI-1。Wherein, the fourth request message is used for requesting media-related information. The media-related information may include the second information above. The fourth request message includes PSI-1 and QFI-1.
步骤1110,SMF-1根据第四请求消息,向AMF-1发送第四响应消息。Step 1110, SMF-1 sends a fourth response message to AMF-1 according to the fourth request message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自SMF-1的第四响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fourth response message from SMF-1.
步骤1111,AMF-1向基站-A发送第六请求消息。Step 1111, AMF-1 sends a sixth request message to base station-A.
相应地,接收来自AMF-1的第六请求消息。Accordingly, a sixth request message from AMF-1 is received.
步骤1112,基站-A向UE-2发送第一配置消息。Step 1112, base station-A sends a first configuration message to UE-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第一配置消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the first configuration message from base station-A.
步骤1113,基站-A更新UE-1的上下文和UE-2的上下文。Step 1113, base station-A updates the context of UE-1 and the context of UE-2.
步骤1114,UE-2根据第一配置消息,生成与DRB-2相对应的QoS流参数。Step 1114, UE-2 generates QoS flow parameters corresponding to DRB-2 according to the first configuration message.
后续,AS-1可以向UE-2传输从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据。Subsequently, AS-1 may transmit the media generated data transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 to UE-2.
步骤1109-1114与步骤904-909相同,可以参考步骤904-909的描述,在此不再赘述。Steps 1109-1114 are the same as steps 904-909, and reference may be made to the description of steps 904-909, which will not be repeated here.
此外,需要说明的是,步骤1107中的第九响应消息和步骤1108中的第八响应消息中也可以不携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,一种可替换方案为在步骤1102中的第一响应消息、步骤1103的第五请求消息、步骤1111的第六请求消息中携带UE-2分配的PSI-2,另一种可替换方案为基站-A可以使用预设的PSI(例如,0)。In addition, it should be noted that the ninth response message in step 1107 and the eighth response message in step 1108 may not carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2. An alternative solution is that the PSI-2 in step 1102 A response message, the fifth request message in step 1103, and the sixth request message in step 1111 carry the PSI-2 allocated by UE-2. Another alternative is that base station-A can use a preset PSI (for example, 0 ).
还需要说明的是,步骤1101中的第一请求消息也可以不携带媒体对应的应用标识,一种可替换方案为UE-1将应用标识发送至AMF-1,由AMF-1发送至基站-A,再由基站-A发送至UE-2,例如,UE-1可以通过步骤1103中的第五请求消息将应用标识发送给向AMF-1,AMF-1可以通过步骤1111中的第六请求消息将应用标识发送至基站-A,基站-A可以通过步骤1112的第一配置消息将应用标识发送给UE-2。It should also be noted that the first request message in step 1101 may not carry the application identifier corresponding to the media. An alternative solution is that UE-1 sends the application identifier to AMF-1, and AMF-1 sends it to base station- A, then sent by base station-A to UE-2, for example, UE-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the fifth request message in step 1103, and AMF-1 can send the application identification to AMF-1 through the sixth request message in step 1111 The message sends the application identifier to base station-A, and base station-A may send the application identifier to UE-2 through the first configuration message in step 1112 .
还需要说明的是,基站-A也可以不从核心网获取媒体的相关信息,一种可替换方案为基站-A根据QoS配置文件(QoS profile)获取并发送媒体的相关信息,其中的QoS配置文件可以是在为UE-1建立QoS流时SMF-1向基站-A发送的。It should also be noted that base station-A may not obtain media-related information from the core network. An alternative solution is that base station-A obtains and sends media-related information according to a QoS profile (QoS profile), wherein the QoS configuration The file may be sent by SMF-1 to base station-A when establishing a QoS flow for UE-1.
在上述技术方案中,基站-A可以获取一个虚拟的PSI-2,并根据PSI-2为UE-2配置DRB-2,同时基站-A可以将PSI-1的IP地址、媒体对应的QoS规则、PSI-1对应的PDU会话的参数、以及QFI-1对应的QoS流的参数等发送给UE-2,UE-2可以根据收到的信息构造虚拟的PDU会话(PSI-2)和QoS流(QFI-2),该虚拟的PDU会话使用PSI-1的IP地址,并且该虚拟的QoS流基于媒体对应的QoS规则。这样,可以实现将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,并且可以保证媒体的数据的传输不中断。对于UE-1来说,UE-1则可以完全退出媒体的数据的传输。In the above technical solution, base station-A can obtain a virtual PSI-2, and configure DRB-2 for UE-2 according to PSI-2. , the parameters of the PDU session corresponding to PSI-1, and the parameters of the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-1 are sent to UE-2, and UE-2 can construct a virtual PDU session (PSI-2) and QoS flow according to the received information (QFI-2), the virtual PDU session uses the IP address of PSI-1, and the virtual QoS flow is based on the QoS rule corresponding to the media. In this way, the media of UE-1 can be transferred to UE-2, and it can be ensured that the transmission of media data is not interrupted. For UE-1, UE-1 can completely quit the transmission of media data.
此外,在上述技术方案中,通过AMF-2询问UE-2是否同意将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2,有助于避免UE-1的误操作对UE-2带来的影响,从而使得媒体转移过程更准确。In addition, in the above technical solution, AMF-2 asks whether UE-2 agrees to transfer UE-1's media to UE-2, which helps to avoid the impact of UE-1's misoperation on UE-2, thereby Make the media transfer process more accurate.
示例5Example 5
示例5所示的方法可以应用于上文所述的场景2。针对场景2,图12示出了应用本申请的技术方案后UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径的一种变化。其中,AS-1为UE-1上正在使用的应用的服务器,AS-2是UE-2上正在使用的应用的服务器;UPF-1是为UE-1和UE-2提供服务的UPF。The method shown in Example 5 can be applied to Scenario 2 described above. For scenario 2, FIG. 12 shows a change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application. Wherein, AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1, AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2; UPF-1 is a UPF providing services for UE-1 and UE-2.
当UE-2运动范围较大,离开基站-A的覆盖范围,进入基站-B的覆盖范围时,UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径由路径2变更为路径3。When UE-2 has a large movement range and leaves the coverage of base station-A and enters the coverage of base station-B, the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 2 to path 3.
路径2:可以参考图7,在此不再赘述。Path 2: Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
路径3:对于UE-1的媒体的数据,UE-1的UPF-1与基站-A间的数据传输通道变更为UE-2的UPF-1与基站-B间的数据传输通道。变更后,AS-1将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至UPF-1,UPF-1通过UE-2的数据传输通道将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-B,基站-B 将接收到的UE-1的媒体的数据通过UE-2的数据传输通道传输至UE-2。Path 3: For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-1 and base station-A is changed to the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-2 and base station-B. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to UPF-1, and UPF-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B through the data transmission channel of UE-2, and base station-B will receive The media data of UE-1 is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
针对场景2,本申请提供了图13所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 2, the present application provides the method for transmitting data shown in FIG. 13 .
图13是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 13 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by the present application.
在执行图13所示的方法之前,UE-2生成了PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息,并保存了第一对应关系:
基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系:
在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系:
需要说明的是,这里的各信息和对应关系可以是通过图8-图8中的任一个所示的方法获得的。
Before executing the method shown in Figure 13, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8-FIG. 8 .
步骤1301,UE-2根据PSI-2对应的信息和QFI-2对应的信息,确定是否存在与PSI-2对应的PDU会话PSI-3、以及是否存在与QFI-2对应的QoS流QFI-3。Step 1301, UE-2 determines whether there is a PDU session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and whether there is a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 .
换句话说,UE-2根据PSI-2对应的信息和QFI-2对应的信息,确定是否存在与虚拟PDU会话PSI-2和QoS流QFI-2对应的真实PDU会话PSI-3或QoS流QFI-3。In other words, UE-2 determines whether there is a real PDU session PSI-3 or QoS flow QFI corresponding to the virtual PDU session PSI-2 and QoS flow QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 -3.
若UE-2确定不存在与PSI-2对应的会话PSI-3和/或与QFI-2对应的QoS流QFI-3,则UE-2执行步骤1302。If UE-2 determines that there is no session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and/or QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2, UE-2 performs step 1302 .
若UE-2确定存在与PSI-2对应的会话PSI-3和/或与QFI-2对应的QoS流QFI-3,则UE-2执行步骤1303,即跳过步骤1302。If UE-2 determines that there is a session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and/or a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2, then UE-2 executes step 1303, that is, skips step 1302.
步骤1302,UE-2发起PDU会话PSI-3的建立过程和/或QoS流QFI-3的建立过程。In step 1302, UE-2 initiates the establishment process of PDU session PSI-3 and/or the establishment process of QoS flow QFI-3.
其中,UE-2根据PSI-2对应的信息和QFI-2对应的信息,建立PDU会话PSI-3和/或QoS流QFI-3。换句话说,PSI-3对应的信息与PSI-2对应的信息相同,QFI-3对应的信息和QFI-2对应的信息相同。Wherein, UE-2 establishes PDU session PSI-3 and/or QoS flow QFI-3 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2. In other words, the information corresponding to PSI-3 is the same as the information corresponding to PSI-2, and the information corresponding to QFI-3 is the same as the information corresponding to QFI-2.
步骤1303,UE-2生成第十对应关系。Step 1303, UE-2 generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
一种可能的实现方式,UE-2可以通过更新第一对应关系得到第十对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, UE-2 may obtain the tenth correspondence by updating the first correspondence.
步骤1304,UE-2向基站-A上报第七信息。Step 1304, UE-2 reports seventh information to base station-A.
其中,第七信息用于指示DBR-2对应于UE-2的PSI-3和QFI-3。Wherein, the seventh information is used to indicate that DBR-2 corresponds to PSI-3 and QFI-3 of UE-2.
一种可能的实现方式,UE-2通过uplink transport传输第七信息。In a possible implementation manner, UE-2 transmits the seventh information through an uplink transport.
步骤1305,基站-A根据第七信息,生成第十一对应关系。Step 1305, base station-A generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
其中,第十一对应关系为:Among them, the eleventh corresponding relationship is:
一种可能的实现方式,基站-A可以根据第七信息更新第四对应关系,更新后的第四对应关系即为第十一对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, the base station-A may update the fourth correspondence according to the seventh information, and the updated fourth correspondence is the eleventh correspondence.
步骤1306,UE-2根据基站-A的配置,上报测量报告(measurement report)。Step 1306, UE-2 reports a measurement report (measurement report) according to the configuration of base station-A.
步骤1307,基站-A根据UE-2发送的测量报告,确定发起切换基站的流程。In step 1307, the base station-A determines the process of initiating a handover of the base station according to the measurement report sent by the UE-2.
步骤1308,基站-A根据第十一对应关系,生成第一切换消息。Step 1308, base station-A generates a first handover message according to the eleventh correspondence.
其中,第一切换消息包括第七信息、PSI-3、UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)。Wherein, the first handover message includes the seventh information, PSI-3, the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the medium).
一种可能的实现方式,第一切换消息为handover required,源到目的透明容器(Source to Target transparent container)字段包含第七信息,在PDU会话标识(PDU session IDs)字段包含PSI-3,第一切换消息额外携带UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的 QoS规则)。A possible implementation, the first handover message is handover required, the Source to Target transparent container (Source to Target transparent container) field contains the seventh information, and the PDU session IDs (PDU session IDs) field contains PSI-3, the first The handover message additionally carries the identity of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or QoS rules corresponding to the media).
步骤1309,基站-A向AMF-2发送第一切换消息。Step 1309, base station-A sends a first handover message to AMF-2.
相应地,AMF-2接收来自基站-A的第一切换消息。Correspondingly, AMF-2 receives the first handover message from base station-A.
步骤1310,AMF-2根据第一切换消息中的UE-1的标识,向AMF-1发送第十请求消息。Step 1310, AMF-2 sends a tenth request message to AMF-1 according to the identifier of UE-1 in the first handover message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自AMF-2的第十请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the tenth request message from AMF-2.
其中,第十请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及UE-2的QFI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the tenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The tenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to QFI-3 of UE-2.
其中,UE-2的QFI-3对应的IP地址可以为UE-2的IP地址或UE-2的QFI-3的IP地址。UE-2的QFI-3对应的IP地址可以是AMF-2从SMF-2获取的。Wherein, the IP address corresponding to the QFI-3 of the UE-2 may be the IP address of the UE-2 or the IP address of the QFI-3 of the UE-2. The IP address corresponding to QFI-3 of UE-2 may be acquired by AMF-2 from SMF-2.
步骤1311,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第十一请求消息。Step 1311, AMF-1 sends an eleventh request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第十一请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the eleventh request message from AMF-1.
其中,第十一请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十一请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the eleventh request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The eleventh request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
步骤1312,SMF-1向UPF-1发送第十二请求消息。Step 1312, SMF-1 sends a twelfth request message to UPF-1.
相应地,UPF-1接收来自SMF-1的第十二请求消息。Correspondingly, UPF-1 receives the twelfth request message from SMF-1.
其中,第十二请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十二请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the twelfth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The twelfth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
步骤1313,UPF-1根据第十二请求消息,将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。其中,PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据可以是PSI-1的QFI-1的数据或者符合媒体对应的QoS规则的数据。Step 1313, UPF-1 modifies the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3 according to the twelfth request message. Wherein, the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 may be the data of the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 or the data conforming to the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
步骤1314,UE-2、基站-A、基站-B、AMF-1、AMF-2、SMF-1、SMF-2完成后续的切换流程。Step 1314, UE-2, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2 complete subsequent handover procedures.
在上述后续切换流程中,基站-B在UE-2的上下文中可以记录第五对应关系。第五对应关系为:
In the above subsequent handover procedure, base station-B may record the fifth correspondence in the context of UE-2. The fifth corresponding relationship is:
步骤1315,UE-2删除PSI-2对应的PDU会话以及QFI-2对应的QoS流,并生成第二对应关系。Step 1315, UE-2 deletes the PDU session corresponding to PSI-2 and the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-2, and generates a second corresponding relationship.
一种可能的实现方式,UE-2可以通过更新第十对应关系得到第二对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, UE-2 may obtain the second correspondence by updating the tenth correspondence.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-3的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-3,并通过DRB-3发送给基站-B;基站-B根据第五对应关系,将接收到的数据通过PSI-3和QFI-3发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-B通过PSI-3和QFI-3接收到数据后,基站-B根据第五对应关系,将接收到的数据通过DRB-3发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-3 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-3 and sent to base station-B through DRB-3; base station-B sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-3 and QFI-3 according to the fifth correspondence, and then sent by UPF-1 sends to AS-1. For the downlink, after base station-B receives data through PSI-3 and QFI-3, base station-B sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the fifth correspondence.
通过上述技术方案,可以在将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2后,UE-2又离开基站-A的覆盖范围时,保证业务不中断,有助于提高用户体验。Through the above technical solution, after the media of UE-1 is transferred to UE-2, when UE-2 leaves the coverage of base station-A, services can be guaranteed without interruption, which helps to improve user experience.
示例6Example 6
示例6所示的方法可以应用于上文所述的场景2。针对场景2,图14示出了应用本申请的技术方案后UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。其中,AS-1为UE-1上正在使用的应用的服务器,AS-2是UE-2上正在使用的应用的服务器。The method shown in Example 6 can be applied to Scenario 2 described above. For scenario 2, FIG. 14 shows another change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application. Wherein, AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1, and AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
当UE-2运动范围较大,离开基站-A的覆盖范围,进入基站-B的覆盖范围时,UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径由路径2变更为路径4。When UE-2 has a large movement range and leaves the coverage of base station-A and enters the coverage of base station-B, the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 2 to path 4.
路径2:可以参考图7,在此不再赘述。Path 2: Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
路径3:对于UE-1的媒体的数据,AS-1到基站-A的数据传输通道保持不变,当UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-A后,基站-A通过基站-A与基站-B间的数据传输通道将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-B。变更后,AS-1将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-A,基站-A将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-B,基站-B将接收到的UE-1的媒体的数据通过UE-2的数据传输通道传输至UE-2。Path 3: For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel from AS-1 to base station-A remains unchanged. After the media data of UE-1 is transmitted to base station-A, base station-A communicates with base station-A through base station-A. The data transmission channel between base stations-B transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A, base station-A transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-B, and base station-B transmits the received media data of UE-1 The data is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
针对场景2,本申请还提供了图15所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 2, the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 15 .
图15是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 15 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
在执行图15所示的方法之前,UE-2生成了PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息,并保存了第一对应关系:
基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系:
在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系:
需要说明的是,这里的各信息和对应关系可以是通过图8至图11中的任一个所示的方法获得的。
Before executing the method shown in Figure 15, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 11 .
步骤1501,UE-2根据基站-A的配置,上报测量报告。Step 1501, UE-2 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
步骤1502,基站-A根据UE-2发送的测量报告,确定发起切换基站的流程。Step 1502, base station-A determines the procedure of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-2.
步骤1503,基站-A根据第四对应关系,生成第二切换消息。Step 1503, base station-A generates a second handover message according to the fourth correspondence.
其中,第二切换消息包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息、DRB-2的上下文信息、基站-A的针对PSI-2的转发隧道的配置信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示为PSI-2建立转发隧道。第二指示信息用于指示DBR-2对应于PSI-2和QFI-2。为了便于区分,下文将此处涉及的转发隧道称为转发隧道-1。Wherein, the second handover message includes the first indication information, the second indication information, the context information of the DRB-2, and the configuration information of the forwarding tunnel for the PSI-2 of the base station-A. Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel for PSI-2. The second indication information is used to indicate that DBR-2 corresponds to PSI-2 and QFI-2. For ease of distinction, the forwarding tunnel involved here is referred to as forwarding tunnel-1 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,第二切换消息为handover request。In a possible implementation manner, the second handover message is a handover request.
步骤1504,基站-A向基站-B发送第二切换消息。Step 1504, base station-A sends a second handover message to base station-B.
相应地,基站-B接收来自基站-A的第二切换消息。Correspondingly, base station-B receives the second handover message from base station-A.
步骤1505,基站-B生成第八对应关系。Step 1505, base station-B generates an eighth correspondence.
步骤1506,基站-B向基站-A发送第二切换响应消息。Step 1506, base station-B sends a second handover response message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自基站-B的第二切换响应消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the second handover response message from base station-B.
其中,第二切换响应消息包括DRB-3的配置信息、用于指示切换成功的信息、以及基站-B针对转发隧道-1的配置信息。Wherein, the second handover response message includes configuration information of DRB-3, information indicating handover success, and configuration information of base station-B for forwarding tunnel-1.
一种可能的实现方式,第二切换响应消息为handover request acknowledge。In a possible implementation manner, the second handover response message is handover request acknowledge.
步骤1507,基站-A在UE-1的上下文中生成第六对应关系。Step 1507, base station-A generates a sixth correspondence in the context of UE-1.
一种可能的实现方式,基站-A通过更新第三对应关系得到第六对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, the base station-A obtains the sixth correspondence by updating the third correspondence.
步骤1508,UE-2、基站-A、基站-B、AMF-1、AMF-2、SMF-1、SMF-2、UPF-1完成后续的切换流程。Step 1508, UE-2, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2, and UPF-1 complete subsequent handover procedures.
步骤1509,UE-2生成第十二对应关系。Step 1509, UE-2 generates a twelfth correspondence.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-2的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-2,并通过DRB-3发送给基站-B;基站-B根据第八对应关系,将接收到的数据通过转发隧道-1发送至基站-A,基站-A根据第六对应关系将数据通过PSI-1和QFI-1发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-A通过PSI-1和QFI-1接收到数据后,基站-A根据第六对应关系,将接收到的数据通过转发隧道-1发送至基站-B,基站-B根据第八对应关系通过DRB-3将接收到的数据发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-B through DRB-3; base station-B sends the received data to base station-A through forwarding tunnel-1 according to the eighth correspondence, and base station-A according to the eighth correspondence Six correspondences Send data to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1, and then send data to AS-1 by UPF-1. For the downlink, when base station-A receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-A sends the received data to base station-B through forwarding tunnel-1 according to the sixth correspondence, and base station-B Send the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the eighth correspondence.
需要说明的是,若基站-A与基站-B之间存在通信接口,基站-A和基站-B可以通过该接口进行通信。若基站-A与基站-B之间不存在通信接口,基站-A和基站-B可以通过AMF进行通信,以第二切换消息为例,基站-A可以将第二切换消息发送至AMF-1,由AMF-1发送给AMF-2,再由AMF-2发送至基站-B。It should be noted that, if there is a communication interface between the base station-A and the base station-B, the base station-A and the base station-B can communicate through the interface. If there is no communication interface between base station-A and base station-B, base station-A and base station-B can communicate through AMF. Taking the second handover message as an example, base station-A can send the second handover message to AMF-1 , sent by AMF-1 to AMF-2, and then sent to base station-B by AMF-2.
通过上述技术方案,可以在将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2后,UE-2又离开基站-A的覆盖范围时,保证业务不中断,有助于提高用户体验。Through the above technical solution, after the media of UE-1 is transferred to UE-2, when UE-2 leaves the coverage of base station-A, services can be guaranteed without interruption, which helps to improve user experience.
示例7Example 7
示例7所示的方法可以应用于上文所述的场景3。针对场景3,图16示出了应用本申请的技术方案后UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径的一种变化。其中,AS-1为UE-1上正在使用的应用的服务器,AS-2是UE-2上正在使用的应用的服务器。The method shown in Example 7 can be applied to Scenario 3 described above. For scenario 3, FIG. 16 shows a change of the transmission path of media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application. Wherein, AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1, and AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
当UE-1运动范围较大,离开基站-A的覆盖范围,进入基站-C的覆盖范围时,UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径由路径2变更为路径5。When UE-1 has a large movement range and leaves the coverage of base station-A and enters the coverage of base station-C, the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 2 to path 5.
路径2:可以参考图7,在此不再赘述。Path 2: Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
路径5:对于UE-1的媒体的数据,UE-1的UPF-1与基站-A间的数据传输通道变更为UE-2的UPF-1与基站-A间的数据传输通道。变更后,AS-1将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至UPF-1,UPF-1通过UE-2的数据传输通道将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-A,基站-A将接收到的UE-1的媒体的数据通过UE-2的数据传输通道传输至UE-2。Path 5: For the media data of UE-1, the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-1 and base station-A is changed to the data transmission channel between UPF-1 of UE-2 and base station-A. After the change, AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to UPF-1, and UPF-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A through the data transmission channel of UE-2, and base station-A will receive The media data of UE-1 is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
针对场景3,本申请提供了图17所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 3, the present application provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 17 .
图17是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 17 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
在执行图17所示的方法之前,UE-2生成了PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息,并保存了第一对应关系:
基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系:
在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系:
需要说明的是,这里的各信息和对应关系可以是通过图8和图11中的任一个所示的方法获得的。
Before executing the method shown in Figure 17, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 11 .
步骤1701,UE-2根据PSI-2对应的信息和QFI-2对应的信息,确定是否存在与PSI-2对应的PDU会话PSI-3、以及是否存在与QFI-2对应的QoS流QFI-3。Step 1701, UE-2 determines whether there is a PDU session PSI-3 corresponding to PSI-2 and whether there is a QoS flow QFI-3 corresponding to QFI-2 according to the information corresponding to PSI-2 and the information corresponding to QFI-2 .
步骤1702,UE-2发起PDU会话PSI-3的建立过程和/或QoS流QFI-3的建立过程。In step 1702, UE-2 initiates the establishment process of PDU session PSI-3 and/or the establishment process of QoS flow QFI-3.
步骤1703,UE-2生成第十对应关系。Step 1703, UE-2 generates a tenth corresponding relationship.
步骤1704,UE-2向基站-A上报第七信息。Step 1704, UE-2 reports seventh information to base station-A.
步骤1705,基站-A根据第七信息,生成第十一对应关系。Step 1705, base station-A generates an eleventh corresponding relationship according to the seventh information.
步骤1701-1705与步骤1301-1305相同,可以参考步骤1301-1305的描述,在此不再赘述。Steps 1701-1705 are the same as steps 1301-1305, and reference may be made to the description of steps 1301-1305, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1706,UE-1根据基站-A的配置,上报测量报告。Step 1706, UE-1 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
步骤1707,基站-A根据UE-1发送的测量报告,确定发起切换基站的流程。Step 1707, base station-A determines the procedure of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-1.
步骤1708,基站-A根据第十一对应关系,生成第十三请求消息。Step 1708, base station-A generates a thirteenth request message according to the eleventh correspondence.
其中,第十三请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十三请求消息包括PSI-3、UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)。Wherein, the thirteenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The thirteenth request message includes PSI-3, the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the medium).
步骤1709,基站-A向AMF-2发送第十三请求消息。Step 1709, base station-A sends a thirteenth request message to AMF-2.
相应地,AMF-2接收来自基站-A的第十三请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-2 receives the thirteenth request message from base station-A.
步骤1710,AMF-2向SMF-2发送第十四请求消息。Step 1710, AMF-2 sends a fourteenth request message to SMF-2.
相应地,SMF-2接收来自AMF-1的第十四请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-2 receives the fourteenth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第十四请求消息用于请求激活PSI-3、以及请求PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the fourteenth request message is used for requesting activation of PSI-3 and requesting the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
一种可能的实现方式,第十四请求消息为Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Request。In a possible implementation manner, the fourteenth request message is Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Request.
步骤1711,SMF-2激活PSI-3,并向AMF-2发送第十四响应消息。Step 1711, SMF-2 activates PSI-3, and sends a fourteenth response message to AMF-2.
相应地,AMF-2接收来自SMF-2的第十四响应消息。Correspondingly, AMF-2 receives the fourteenth response message from SMF-2.
其中,第十四响应消息包括PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the fourteenth response message includes the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
一种可能的实现方式,第十四响应消息为Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Response。In a possible implementation manner, the fourteenth response message is Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdataSMContext Response.
步骤1712,AMF-2根据第十三请求消息中的UE-1的标识,向AMF-1发送第十五请求消息。Step 1712, AMF-2 sends a fifteenth request message to AMF-1 according to the identifier of UE-1 in the thirteenth request message.
相应地,AMF-1接收来自AMF-2的第十五请求消息。Correspondingly, AMF-1 receives the fifteenth request message from AMF-2.
其中,第十五请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十五请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the fifteenth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The fifteenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
步骤1713,AMF-1向SMF-1发送第十六请求消息。Step 1713, AMF-1 sends a sixteenth request message to SMF-1.
相应地,SMF-1接收来自AMF-1的第十六请求消息。Correspondingly, SMF-1 receives the sixteenth request message from AMF-1.
其中,第十六请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十六请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the sixteenth request message is used to request to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The sixteenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
步骤1714,SMF-1向UPF-1发送第十七请求消息。Step 1714, SMF-1 sends a seventeenth request message to UPF-1.
相应地,UPF-1接收来自SMF-1的第十七请求消息。Correspondingly, UPF-1 receives the seventeenth request message from SMF-1.
其中,第十七请求消息用于请求将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。第十七请求消息包括UE-1的标识、PSI-1、以及QFI-1(或媒体对应的QoS规则)、以及PSI-3对应的IP地址。Wherein, the seventeenth request message is used to request to change the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3. The seventeenth request message includes the identifier of UE-1, PSI-1, and QFI-1 (or the QoS rule corresponding to the media), and the IP address corresponding to PSI-3.
步骤1715,UPF-1根据第十七请求消息,将PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据的IP地址修 改为PSI-3对应的IP地址。其中,PSI-1的QFI-1对应的数据可以是PSI-1的QFI-1的数据或者符合媒体对应的QoS规则的数据。Step 1715, UPF-1 modifies the IP address of the data corresponding to QFI-1 of PSI-1 to the IP address corresponding to PSI-3 according to the seventeenth request message. Wherein, the data corresponding to the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 may be the data of the QFI-1 of the PSI-1 or the data conforming to the QoS rule corresponding to the media.
步骤1716,第二AMF向基站-A发送第十三响应消息。Step 1716, the second AMF sends a thirteenth response message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自第二AMF的第十三响应消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the thirteenth response message from the second AMF.
其中,第十三响应消息包括PSI-3的相关信息。Wherein, the thirteenth response message includes relevant information of PSI-3.
步骤1717,基站-A根据PSI-3的相关信息、以及DRB-2的上下文信息,向UE-2发送第二配置消息。 Step 1717, base station-A sends a second configuration message to UE-2 according to the relevant information of PSI-3 and the context information of DRB-2.
相应地,UE-2接收来自基站-A的第二配置消息。Correspondingly, UE-2 receives the second configuration message from base station-A.
其中,第二配置消息用于配置DRB-3。Wherein, the second configuration message is used to configure DRB-3.
一种可能的实现方式,第二配置消息为RRC连接重配置消息(RRC connection reconfiguration)。In a possible implementation manner, the second configuration message is an RRC connection reconfiguration message (RRC connection reconfiguration).
基站-A在UE-2的上下文中可以记录第十五对应关系。第十五对应关系为:
Base station-A may record the fifteenth correspondence in the context of UE-2. The fifteenth corresponding relationship is:
步骤1718,UE-2删除PSI-2对应的PDU会话以及QFI-2对应的QoS流,并生成第十六对应关系。Step 1718, UE-2 deletes the PDU session corresponding to PSI-2 and the QoS flow corresponding to QFI-2, and generates a sixteenth corresponding relationship.
一种可能的实现方式,UE-2可以通过更新第十对应关系得到第十六对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, UE-2 may obtain the sixteenth correspondence by updating the tenth correspondence.
步骤1719,UE-1、基站-A、基站-B、AMF-1、AMF-2、SMF-1、SMF-2完成后续的切换流程。Step 1719, UE-1, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2 complete the subsequent handover procedure.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-3的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-3,并通过DRB-3发送给基站-A;基站-A根据第十五对应关系,将接收到的数据通过PSI-3和QFI-3发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-A通过PSI-3和QFI-3接收到数据后,基站-A根据第十五对应关系,将接收到的数据通过DRB-3发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-3 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-3 and sent to base station-A through DRB-3; base station-A sends the received data to UPF-1 through PSI-3 and QFI-3 according to the fifteenth corresponding relationship, and then Sent by UPF-1 to AS-1. For the downlink, after base station-A receives data through PSI-3 and QFI-3, base station-A sends the received data to UE-2 through DRB-3 according to the fifteenth correspondence.
通过上述技术方案,可以在将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2后,UE-1又离开基站-A的覆盖范围时,保证业务不中断,有助于提高用户体验。Through the above technical solution, after the media of UE-1 is transferred to UE-2, when UE-1 leaves the coverage of base station-A, services can be guaranteed without interruption, which helps to improve user experience.
示例8Example 8
示例8所示的方法可以应用于上文所述的场景3。针对场景3,图18示出了应用本申请的技术方案后UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径的另一种变化。其中,AS-1为UE-1上正在使用的应用的服务器,AS-2是UE-2上正在使用的应用的服务器。The method shown in Example 8 can be applied to Scenario 3 described above. For scenario 3, FIG. 18 shows another change of the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 after applying the technical solution of the present application. Wherein, AS-1 is the server of the application being used on UE-1, and AS-2 is the server of the application being used on UE-2.
当UE-1运动范围较大,离开基站-A的覆盖范围,进入基站-B的覆盖范围时,UE-1的媒体的数据的传输路径由路径2变更为路径5。When UE-1 has a large movement range and leaves the coverage of base station-A and enters the coverage of base station-B, the transmission path of the media data of UE-1 is changed from path 2 to path 5.
路径2:可以参考图7,在此不再赘述。Path 2: Refer to FIG. 7 , and details will not be repeated here.
路径3:AS-1将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-C,基站-C将UE-1的媒体的数据传输至基站-A,基站-A将接收到的UE-1的媒体的数据通过UE-2的数据传输通道传输至UE-2。Path 3: AS-1 transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-C, base station-C transmits the media data of UE-1 to base station-A, and base station-A transmits the received media data of UE-1 The data is transmitted to UE-2 through the data transmission channel of UE-2.
针对场景3,本申请还提供了图19所示的用于传输数据的方法。For scenario 3, the present application also provides the data transmission method shown in FIG. 19 .
图19是本申请提供的用于传输数据的方法的另一个示例。Fig. 19 is another example of the method for transmitting data provided by this application.
在执行图19所示的方法之前,UE-2生成了PSI-2对应的信息、以及QFI-2对应的信息,并保存了第一对应关系:
基站-A在UE-1的上下文中记录第三对应关系:
在UE-2的上下文中记录第四对应关系:
需要说明的是,这里的各信息和对应关系可以是通过图8至图11中的任一个所示的方法获得的。
Before executing the method shown in Figure 19, UE-2 generates information corresponding to PSI-2 and information corresponding to QFI-2, and saves the first correspondence: Base station-A records the third correspondence in the context of UE-1: A fourth correspondence is recorded in the context of UE-2: It should be noted that the various pieces of information and corresponding relationships here may be obtained through any of the methods shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 11 .
步骤1901,UE-1根据基站-A的配置,上报测量报告。Step 1901, UE-1 reports a measurement report according to the configuration of base station-A.
步骤1902,基站-A根据UE-1发送的测量报告,确定发起切换基站的流程。In step 1902, base station-A determines a process of initiating a handover of base stations according to the measurement report sent by UE-1.
步骤1903,基站-A根据第四对应关系,生成第三切换消息。Step 1903, base station-A generates a third handover message according to the fourth correspondence.
其中,第三切换消息包括第三指示信息、基站-A的针对PSI-1的QFI-1的转发隧道的配置信息。其中,第三指示信息用于指示为PSI-1的QFI-1建立转发隧道。为了便于区分,下文将此处涉及的转发隧道称为转发隧道-2。Wherein, the third handover message includes third indication information and configuration information of the forwarding tunnel of the base station-A for the QFI-1 of the PSI-1. Wherein, the third indication information is used to indicate to establish a forwarding tunnel for QFI-1 of PSI-1. For ease of distinction, the forwarding tunnel involved here is referred to as forwarding tunnel-2 hereinafter.
一种可能的实现方式,第三切换消息为handover request。In a possible implementation manner, the third handover message is a handover request.
步骤1904,基站-A向基站-C发送第三切换消息。Step 1904, base station-A sends a third handover message to base station-C.
相应地,基站-C接收来自基站-A的第三切换消息。Correspondingly, base station-C receives the third handover message from base station-A.
步骤1905,基站-C生成第九对应关系。Step 1905, base station-C generates a ninth correspondence.
步骤1906,基站-C向基站-A发送第三切换响应消息。Step 1906, base station-C sends a third handover response message to base station-A.
相应地,基站-A接收来自基站-C的第三切换响应消息。Correspondingly, base station-A receives the third handover response message from base station-C.
其中,第三切换响应消息包括基站-C针对转发隧道-2的配置信息。Wherein, the third handover response message includes configuration information of base station-C for forwarding tunnel-2.
一种可能的实现方式,第三切换响应消息为handover request acknowledge。In a possible implementation manner, the third handover response message is handover request acknowledge.
步骤1907,基站-A在UE-2的上下文中生成第七对应关系。Step 1907, base station-A generates a seventh correspondence in the context of UE-2.
一种可能的实现方式,基站-A通过更新第四对应关系得到第七对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, the base station-A obtains the seventh correspondence by updating the fourth correspondence.
步骤1908,UE-1、基站-A、基站-B、AMF-1、AMF-2、SMF-1、SMF-2、UPF-1完成后续的切换流程。Step 1908, UE-1, base station-A, base station-B, AMF-1, AMF-2, SMF-1, SMF-2, UPF-1 complete the subsequent handover procedure.
后续,对于上行链路,当从UE-1转移至UE-2的媒体产生数据后,UE-2可以使用PSI-2的IP地址作为IP包的源IP地址、使用媒体对应的QoS规则将媒体产生的数据映射到QFI-2,并通过DRB-2发送给基站-A;基站-A根据第七对应关系,将接收到的数据通过转发隧道-2发送至基站-C,基站-C根据第九对应关系将数据通过PSI-1和QFI-1发送至UPF-1、再由UPF-1发送至AS-1。对于下行链路,当基站-C通过PSI-1和QFI-1接收到数据后,基站-C根据第九对应关系,将接收到的数据通过转发隧道-2发送至基站-A,基站-A根据第七对应关系通过DRB-2将接收到的数据发送至UE-2。Subsequently, for the uplink, when the media transferred from UE-1 to UE-2 generates data, UE-2 can use the IP address of PSI-2 as the source IP address of the IP packet, and use the QoS rules corresponding to the media to transfer the media The generated data is mapped to QFI-2 and sent to base station-A through DRB-2; base station-A sends the received data to base station-C through forwarding tunnel-2 according to the seventh correspondence, and base station-C transmits the received data to base station-C according to the seventh correspondence Nine Correspondences The data is sent to UPF-1 through PSI-1 and QFI-1, and then sent to AS-1 by UPF-1. For the downlink, when base station-C receives data through PSI-1 and QFI-1, base station-C sends the received data to base station-A through forwarding tunnel-2 according to the ninth correspondence, and base station-A Send the received data to UE-2 through DRB-2 according to the seventh correspondence.
需要说明的是,若基站-A与基站-C之间存在通信接口,基站-A和基站-C可以通过该接口进行通信。若基站-A与基站-C之间不存在通信接口,基站-A和基站-C可以通过AMF进行通信,以第三切换消息为例,基站-A可以将第三切换消息发送至AMF-1,由AMF-1发送给AMF-2,再由AMF-2发送至基站-C。It should be noted that, if there is a communication interface between the base station-A and the base station-C, the base station-A and the base station-C may communicate through the interface. If there is no communication interface between base station-A and base station-C, base station-A and base station-C can communicate through AMF, taking the third handover message as an example, base station-A can send the third handover message to AMF-1 , sent by AMF-1 to AMF-2, and then sent to base station-C by AMF-2.
通过上述技术方案,可以在将UE-1的媒体转移至UE-2后,UE-1又离开基站-A的覆盖范围时,保证业务不中断,有助于提高用户体验。Through the above technical solution, after the media of UE-1 is transferred to UE-2, when UE-1 leaves the coverage of base station-A, services can be guaranteed without interruption, which helps to improve user experience.
上文结合图2至图19,详细描述了本申请提供的方法,下面将结合图20至图21,详 细描述本申请的装置实施例。可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,图20或图21中的装置包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。The method provided by this application is described in detail above with reference to Figure 2 to Figure 19, and the device embodiment of this application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figure 20 to Figure 21. It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the foregoing embodiments, the apparatus in FIG. 20 or FIG. 21 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
图20和图21为本申请的实施例提供的可能的装置的结构示意图。这些装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These devices can be used to implement the functions of the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF in the above method embodiments , so the beneficial effects possessed by the above method embodiments can also be realized.
如图20所示,装置2000包括收发单元2010和处理单元2020。As shown in FIG. 20 , the device 2000 includes a transceiver unit 2010 and a processing unit 2020 .
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第一终端的功能时,处理单元2020用于:确定将第一媒体转移至第二终端。收发单元2010用于:第一接入网设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一终端的第一会话的标识、以及所述第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流的标识,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。When the apparatus 2000 is used to implement the functions of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiments, the processing unit 2020 is used to: determine to transfer the first media to the second terminal. The transceiver unit 2010 is configured to: the first access network device sends first information, the first information is used to request to transfer the first medium to the second terminal, and the first information includes the second terminal The identifier of the first session of the first terminal, and the identifier of the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used for the transmission of the first terminal data of the first medium.
可选地,收发单元还2010用于:向所述第二终端发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;以及接收来自所述第二终端的第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及由所述第二终端分配的第二会话的标识,所述第二会话用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send second information to the second terminal, where the second information is used to request media transfer to the second terminal; and receive a third message from the second terminal information, the third information includes at least one of the following information: the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the identity of the second terminal, and the identity of the second session allocated by the second terminal, the The second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
可选地,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。Optionally, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
可选地,当所述第三信息包括所述第二会话的标识时,所述第一信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。Optionally, when the third information includes the identifier of the second session, the first information further includes the identifier of the second session.
可选地,当所述第三信息包括所述第二终端所在小区的标识时,处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第二终端所在小区的标识,确定所述第二终端在所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内。Optionally, when the third information includes the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine that the second terminal is located in the second terminal according to the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located. within the coverage of an access network device.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the first information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
可选地,收发单元2010具体用于:通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF向所述第一接入网设备发送第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: send the first information to the first access network device through a first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第二终端的功能时,处理单元2020用于:获取第一媒体的第一上行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;以及根据第二会话的第二服务质量QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第二会话的第二QoS流发送所述第一上行数据。收发单元2010用于:根据第一对应关系,通过第二数据无线承载DRB向第一接入网设备发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第一对应关系包括所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流与所述第二DRB的对应关系,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一终端的第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。When the device 2000 is used to implement the functions of the second terminal in the above method embodiment, the processing unit 2020 is used to: acquire the first uplink data of the first medium, the first medium is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal media of the terminal; and according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session, determine to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session. The transceiver unit 2010 is configured to: send the first uplink data to the first access network device through the second data radio bearer DRB according to the first correspondence, wherein the first correspondence includes all The corresponding relationship between the second QoS flow and the second DRB, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal, and the context information of the second QoS flow is Determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:从所述第一接入网设备获取第四信息,所述第四信息包括:所述第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息。处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第四信息,确定所述第二会话的上下文信息和所述第二QoS流的上下文信息、以及生成所述第一对应关系。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: acquire fourth information from the first access network device, where the fourth information includes: an identifier of the second session, an identifier of the second QoS flow, the first Context information of a session, and context information of the first QoS flow. The processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow according to the fourth information, and generate the first correspondence.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收来自所述第一终端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;以及向所述第一终端发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及所述第二会话的标识。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to request transfer of media to the second terminal; and send a third message to the first terminal. information, the third information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, an identifier of the second terminal, and an identifier of the second session.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
可选地,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;以及发送第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive fifth information, where the fifth information is used to inquire whether to agree to transfer the first medium to the second terminal; and send sixth information, where the sixth The information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
可选地,收发单元2010具体用于:从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第五信息;或者,从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收所述第五信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: receive the fifth information from the first access network device; or, receive the fifth information from the first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal The fifth message.
可选地,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。Optionally, the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
可选地,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。Optionally, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
可选地,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,处理单元2020还用于:获取所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;以及根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据。收发单元2010还用于:根据第二对应关系,通过第三DRB向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第二对应关系包括所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第三DRB的对应关系,其中,所述第三会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。Optionally, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, or the first terminal is covered by the first access network device When the range enters the coverage of the third access network device, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: acquire the second uplink data of the first media; and determine according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session through the The third QoS flow of the third session sends the second uplink data. The transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send the second uplink data to the first access network device through a third DRB according to the second correspondence, wherein the second correspondence includes all The corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the third DRB, wherein the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the The context information of the first QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
可选地,处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话的上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息;以及生成所述第二对应关系。Optionally, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine the context information of the third session according to the context information of the second session, and/or, the second terminal determines the context information of the second QoS flow according to the context information of the second QoS flow The third QoS flow context information, and/or, the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the second DRB context information; and generates the second correspondence.
可选地,在所述第二终端根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息之前,处理单元2020还用于:确定不存在所述第三会话和/或所述第三QoS流和/或所述第三DRB。Optionally, the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second session, and/or, the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second QoS flow. Third QoS flow context information, and/or, before the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the second DRB context information, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: determine that the third session does not exist And/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:向所述第一接入网设备发送第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send seventh information to the first access network device, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third DRB of the second terminal. Said third QoS flow for the session.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第一接入网设备的功能时,收发单元2010用 于:通过第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流接收第一媒体的第一下行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;以及根据第三对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第二数据无线承载DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第一下行数据,其中,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第二DRB的对应关系。When the apparatus 2000 is used to implement the functions of the first access network device in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: receive the first download of the first media through the first quality of service QoS stream of the first session of the first terminal row data, the first medium is the medium transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; and according to the third corresponding relationship, the second data radio bearer DRB of the second terminal is sent to the second terminal The first downlink data, wherein the third correspondence includes a correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal .
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第一上行数据;以及根据第四对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第四对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第二DRB与所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流的对应关系。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the first uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DRB; and according to the fourth correspondence, through the first terminal's The first QoS flow of the first session sends the first uplink data, wherein the fourth correspondence includes the second DRB of the second terminal and the first DRB of the first terminal The corresponding relationship of the first QoS flow of a session.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一会话的标识、以及所述第一QoS流的标识。处理单元2020用于:根据所述第一信息,在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第三对应关系,和/或,在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第四对应关系。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive first information from the first terminal, the first information is used to request to transfer the first medium to the second terminal, and the first information It includes the identifier of the second terminal, the identifier of the first session, and the identifier of the first QoS flow. The processing unit 2020 is configured to: generate the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generate the fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal .
可选地,收发单元2010具体用于:通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF接收所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: receive the first information through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:获取第八信息,所述第八信息包括所述第一会话的上下文信息和所述第一QoS流的上下文信息;以及向所述第二终端发送第四信息,所述第四信息包括:第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息,其中,所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第一会话的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二会话的上下文,所述第一QoS流的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二QoS流的上下文。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: acquire eighth information, where the eighth information includes context information of the first session and context information of the first QoS flow; and send the eighth information to the second terminal. Four information, the fourth information includes: the identifier of the second session, the identifier of the second QoS flow, the context information of the first session, and the context information of the first QoS flow, wherein the second session The second QoS flow is used by the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media, the context information of the first session is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second session, and the first The context information of the QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second QoS flow.
可选地,收发单元2010具体用于:从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF获取所述第八信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is specifically configured to: obtain the eighth information from the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
可选地,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二会话的标识、以及所述第一媒体的标识。Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the second session, and an identifier of the first media.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:向所述第二终端发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;以及接收来自所述第二终端的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send fifth information to the second terminal, where the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first medium to the second terminal; Sixth information of the second terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the transfer of the first media to the second terminal is agreed.
可选地,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。Optionally, the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
可选地,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。Optionally, the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
可选地,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:通过所述第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第二下行数据;以及根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第三DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第二下行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系;其中,所述第三 会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。Optionally, when the first terminal enters the coverage of a third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: through the third terminal of the second terminal The third QoS flow of the session receives the second downlink data of the first media; and according to the fifth correspondence, sends the second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal, wherein , the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal; wherein, the third session of the The context information is determined according to the context information of the first session, the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the The context information of the second DRB is determined.
可选地,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第二终端通过所述第三DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;以及根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系。Optionally, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the The second uplink data of the first media sent by the third DRB; and according to the fifth correspondence, sending the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal, Wherein, the fifth correspondence includes a correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal.
可选地,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第二终端的第二会话的上下文信息和/或所述第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定所述第三会话的上下文和/或第三QoS流的上下文,其中,所述第二会话和所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的;以及根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息,确定所述第三DRB的上下文信息。Optionally, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, or the first terminal is covered by the first access network device When the range enters the coverage of the third access network device, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: according to the context information of the second session of the second terminal and/or the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session, determining the context of the third session and/or the context of the third QoS flow, wherein the second session and the second QoS flow are used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media, and the second The context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session, the context of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow; and according to the context information of the second DRB , Determine the context information of the third DRB.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收来自所述第二终端的第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive seventh information from the second terminal, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third session of the second terminal The third QoS flow.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:向为所述第二终端提供服务的第二接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送第十信息,所述第十信息用于请求将所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为所述第三会话的IP地址。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: send tenth information to a second access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the second terminal, where the tenth information is used to request that the first session Modify the Internet Protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow to the IP address of the third session.
可选地,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:通过所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第三下行数据;以及根据第六对应关系,通过第一转发隧道向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第三下行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。Optionally, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: pass the The first QoS flow receives the third downlink data of the first media; and according to the sixth correspondence, sends the third downlink data to the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, wherein the first media The six correspondences include correspondences between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
可选地,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第二接入网设备通过所述第一转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第三上行数据;以及根据第六对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第三上行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。Optionally, when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the second terminal from the coverage of the second access network device The third uplink data of the first media sent through the first forwarding tunnel; and according to a sixth correspondence, sending the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal through the first QoS flow 3. Uplink data, wherein the sixth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
可选地,所述第四对应关系还包括所述第二DRB与所述第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系,处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第一转发隧道,并在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第六对应关系。Optionally, the fourth correspondence further includes a correspondence between the second DRB and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal, and the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: according to the fourth correspondence , establishing the first forwarding tunnel, and generating the sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
可选地,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第三接入网设备通过第二转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第四下行数据;以及根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第四下行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。Optionally, when the first terminal enters the coverage of a third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiving unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the third access network device The fourth downlink data of the first media sent through the second forwarding tunnel; and according to the seventh correspondence, the fourth downlink data is sent to the second terminal through the second DRB, wherein the first media The seven correspondences include correspondences between the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB.
可选地,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DBR发送所述第一媒体的第四上行数据;以及根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二转发隧道向所述第三接入网设备发送所述第四上行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。Optionally, when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the The second DBR sends the fourth uplink data of the first media; and according to the seventh correspondence, sends the fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, wherein the The seventh correspondence includes the correspondence between the second forwarding tunnel and the second DRB.
可选地,处理单元2020还用于:根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第二转发隧道,并在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第七对应关系。Optionally, the processing unit 2020 is further configured to: establish the second forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generate the seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第二接入网设备的功能时,收发单元2010用于:当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,接收所述第一接入网设备通过第一转发隧道发送的第一媒体的第三下行数据,所述第一媒体为从第一终端转移至所述第二终端的媒体,所述第一终端处于所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围内,并驻留在第一接入网设备的小区中;以及根据第八对应关系,通过第三数据无线承载DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第三下行数据,其中,所述第八对应关系包括所述第一转发隧道以及所述第三DRB的对应关系。When the apparatus 2000 is used to implement the functions of the second access network device in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When within the range, receiving the third downlink data of the first media sent by the first access network device through the first forwarding tunnel, the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, the The first terminal is within the coverage of the first access network device and resides in the cell of the first access network device; and according to the eighth corresponding relationship, sends a message to the second terminal through the third data radio bearer DRB The terminal sends the third downlink data, where the eighth correspondence includes a correspondence between the first forwarding tunnel and the third DRB.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第二终端通过所述第三DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第三上行数据;以及根据所述第八对应关系,通过所述第一转发隧道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第三上行数据。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive the third uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the third DRB; and according to the eighth correspondence, through the first Sending the third uplink data to the first access network device through a forwarding tunnel.
可选地,处理单元2020用于:建立所述第一转发隧道;以及在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第八对应关系。Optionally, the processing unit 2020 is configured to: establish the first forwarding tunnel; and generate the eighth correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第三接入网设备的功能时,收发单元2010用于:当第一终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,通过所述第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流接收第一媒体的第四下行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;以及根据第九对应关系,通过第二转发隧道向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第四下行数据,其中,所述第九对应关系包括所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第二转发隧道的对应关系,所述第二终端驻留在所述第一接入网设备。When the apparatus 2000 is used to implement the functions of the third access network device in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device When within the range, the fourth downlink data of the first media is received through the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, and the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal; and according to the ninth correspondence, sending the fourth downlink data to the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel, where the ninth correspondence includes the first session of the first terminal The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the second forwarding tunnel, the second terminal resides in the first access network device.
可选地,收发单元2010还用于:接收所述第一接入网设备通过所述第二转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第四上行数据;以及根据所述第九对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第四上行数据。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2010 is further configured to: receive fourth uplink data of the first medium sent by the first access network device through the second forwarding tunnel; and according to the ninth correspondence, through The first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal sends the fourth uplink data.
可选地,处理单元2020用于:建立所述第二转发隧道;以及在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述九对应关系。Optionally, the processing unit 2020 is configured to: establish the second forwarding tunnel; and generate the nine correspondences in the context of the first terminal.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第二AMF的功能时,收发单元2010用于:当第二终端由第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,接收来自第一接入网设备的第十信息,所述第十信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,所述第一会话的第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输第一媒体的数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至所述第二终端的媒体,所述第二终端由所述第二AMF提供服务;获取所述第三会话的IP地址;以及向为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF发送第十一信息,所述第十一信息用于请求将所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流对应的数据的IP地址修改为所述 第三会话的IP地址,所述第十一信息包括所述第三会话的IP地址。When the apparatus 2000 is used to implement the function of the second AMF in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: when the second terminal enters the coverage of the second access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, receiving tenth information from the first access network device, where the tenth information is used to request to modify the Internet protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session IP address, the first QoS flow of the first session is used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media, the first media is the media transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal, the The second terminal is served by the second AMF; acquires the IP address of the third session; and sends eleventh information to the first AMF that provides the service for the first terminal, and the eleventh information is used for requesting to modify the IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal to the IP address of the third session, and the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session IP address.
当装置2000用于实现上述方法实施例中第一AMF的功能时,收发单元2010用于:接收来自第二AMF的第十一信息,所述第十一信息用于请求将第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为第三会话的IP地址,所述第十一信息包括所述第三会话的IP地址;以及向第一UPF发送所述第十一信息。When the device 2000 is used to realize the function of the first AMF in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 2010 is used to: receive the eleventh information from the second AMF, and the eleventh information is used to request that the first terminal's first AMF The Internet protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first quality of service QoS flow of a session is modified to the IP address of the third session, and the eleventh information includes the IP address of the third session; and the first UPF sends the Eleventh information.
关于上述收发单元2010和处理单元2020更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再说明。For a more detailed description of the transceiver unit 2010 and the processing unit 2020, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the method embodiments above, and no further description is given here.
如图21示,装置2100包括处理器2110和接口电路2120。处理器2110和接口电路2120之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路2120可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选地,装置2100还可以包括存储器2130,用于存储处理器2110执行的指令或存储处理器2110运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器2110运行指令后产生的数据。当装置2100用于实现上文所述的方法时,处理器2110用于实现上述处理单元2020的功能,接口电路2120用于实现上述收发单元2010的功能。As shown in FIG. 21 , the device 2100 includes a processor 2110 and an interface circuit 2120 . The processor 2110 and the interface circuit 2120 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 2120 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. Optionally, the device 2100 may further include a memory 2130 for storing instructions executed by the processor 2110, or storing input data required by the processor 2110 to execute the instructions, or storing data generated by the processor 2110 after executing the instructions. When the apparatus 2100 is used to implement the method described above, the processor 2110 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 2020 described above, and the interface circuit 2120 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 2010 described above.
当装置2100为应用于第一终端的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第一终端的功能。该芯片从第一终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第一终端的;或者,该芯片向第一终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第一终端发送给其他装置的。When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the first terminal, the chip implements the functions of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first terminal, and the information is sent to the first terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first terminal. ) to send information, the information is sent by the first terminal to other devices.
当装置2100为应用于第二终端的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第二终端的功能。该芯片从第二终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第二终端的;或者,该芯片向第二终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第二终端发送给其他装置的。When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the second terminal, the chip implements the functions of the second terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second terminal, and the information is sent to the second terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second terminal. ) to send information, which is sent by the second terminal to other devices.
当装置2100为应用于第一接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第一接入网设备的功能。该芯片从第一接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第一接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向第一接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第一接入网设备发送给其他装置的。When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the first access network device, the chip implements the functions of the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first access network device, and the information is sent to the first access network device by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the first access network device Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent by the first access network device to other devices.
当装置2100为应用于第二接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第二接入网设备的功能。该芯片从第二接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第二接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向第二接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第二接入网设备送给其他装置的。When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the second access network device, the chip implements the functions of the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second access network device, and the information is sent to the second access network device by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the second access network device Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent to other devices by the second access network device.
当装置2100为应用于第三接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第三接入网设备的功能。该芯片从第三接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第三接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向第三接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第三接入网设备送给其他装置的。When the apparatus 2100 is a chip applied to the third access network device, the chip implements the functions of the third access network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the third access network equipment, and the information is sent to the third access network equipment by other devices; or, the chip sends information to the third access network equipment Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) of the device send information, and the information is sent to other devices by the third access network device.
当装置2100为应用于第一AMF的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第一AMF的功能。该芯片从第一AMF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第一AMF的;或者,该芯片向第一AMF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第一AMF送给其他装置的。When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the first AMF, the chip implements the function of the first AMF in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first AMF, and the information is sent to the first AMF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first AMF. ) to send information, which is sent by the first AMF to other devices.
当装置2100为应用于第二AMF的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中第二AMF 的功能。该芯片从第二AMF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给第二AMF的;或者,该芯片向第二AMF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第二AMF送给其他装置的。When the device 2100 is a chip applied to the second AMF, the chip implements the function of the second AMF in the above method embodiment. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second AMF, and the information is sent to the second AMF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the second AMF. ) to send information, which is sent by the second AMF to other devices.
本申请还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。可选地,处理器为一个或多个。可选地,该通信装置包括存储器。可选地,存储器为一个或多个。可选地,该存储器与该处理器集成在一起,或者分离设置。The present application also provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. Optionally, there are one or more processors. Optionally, the communication device includes memory. Optionally, there are one or more memories. Optionally, the memory is integrated with the processor, or is set separately.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF执行的方法的计算机指令。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which is stored the information used to implement the methods described above by the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, and the third access network device. Computer instructions for the method executed by the network access device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,包含指令,该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the above methods in the embodiments are implemented by the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, A method executed by the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
本申请还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文各实施例中的第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF。The present application also provides a communication system, which includes the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, and the first access network device in the above embodiments. An AMF, or a second AMF.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。For explanations and beneficial effects of relevant content in any of the devices provided above, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and details are not repeated here.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于第一终端、第二终端、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、第三接入网设备、第一AMF、或第二AMF中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the first terminal, the second terminal, the first access network device, the second access network device, the third access network device, the first AMF, or the second AMF.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读 存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
可以理解,本文中术语“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It can be understood that the term "at least one" herein refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. A case where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.
除非另有说明,本申请实施例所使用的所有技术和科学术语与本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本申请中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是旨在限制本申请的范围。应理解,上述为举例说明,上文的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据上文所给出的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。Unless otherwise specified, all technical and scientific terms used in the embodiments of the present application have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the technical field of the present application. The terms used in the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing is an illustration, and the foregoing examples are only intended to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application to the illustrated specific values or specific scenarios. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the examples given above, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (48)
- 一种用于传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method comprises:第一终端确定将第一媒体转移至第二终端;The first terminal determines to transfer the first media to the second terminal;所述第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一终端的第一会话的标识、以及所述第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流的标识,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。The first terminal sends first information to the first access network device, the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, and the first information includes the second terminal The identifier of the first session of the first terminal, and the identifier of the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used for the transmission of the first terminal data of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;The first terminal sends second information to the second terminal, where the second information is used to request transfer of media to the second terminal;所述第一终端接收来自所述第二终端的第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及由所述第二终端分配的第二会话的标识,所述第二会话用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。The first terminal receives third information from the second terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, an identifier of the second terminal, and An identifier of a second session allocated by the second terminal, where the second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。The method according to claim 2, wherein the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第三信息包括所述第二会话的标识时,所述第一信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein when the third information includes the identifier of the second session, the first information further includes the identifier of the second session.
- 根据权利要求2至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第三信息包括所述第二终端所在小区的标识时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein when the third information includes the identity of the cell where the second terminal is located, the method further comprises:所述第一终端根据所述第二终端所在小区的标识,确定所述第二终端驻留在所述第一接入网设备中。The first terminal determines, according to the identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, that the second terminal resides in the first access network device.
- 根据权利要求2至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第一信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device, comprising:所述第一终端通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF向所述第一接入网设备发送第一信息。The first terminal sends the first information to the first access network device through a first access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- 一种用于传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method comprises:第二终端获取第一媒体的第一上行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;The second terminal acquires first uplink data of a first medium, where the first medium is the medium transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal;所述第二终端根据第二会话的第二服务质量QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第二会话的第二QoS流发送所述第一上行数据;The second terminal determines to send the first uplink data through the second QoS flow of the second session according to the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session;所述第二终端根据第一对应关系,通过第二数据无线承载DRB向第一接入网设备发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第一对应关系包括所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流与所述第二DRB的对应关系,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一终端的第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的第一QoS流 的上下文信息确定的,所述第一会话和所述第一QoS流用于所述第一终端传输所述第一媒体的数据。The second terminal sends the first uplink data to the first access network device through a second data radio bearer DRB according to the first correspondence, where the first correspondence includes the The corresponding relationship between the second QoS flow and the second DRB, the context information of the second session is determined according to the context information of the first session of the first terminal, and the context information of the second QoS flow is determined according to Determined by the context information of the first QoS flow of the first session, the first session and the first QoS flow are used by the first terminal to transmit the data of the first media.
- 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:所述第二终端从所述第一接入网设备获取第四信息,所述第四信息包括:所述第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息;The second terminal acquires fourth information from the first access network device, where the fourth information includes: an identifier of the second session, an identifier of a second QoS flow, context information of the first session, and context information of the first QoS flow;所述第二终端根据所述第四信息,确定所述第二会话的上下文信息和所述第二QoS流的上下文信息、以及生成所述第一对应关系。The second terminal determines the context information of the second session and the context information of the second QoS flow according to the fourth information, and generates the first correspondence.
- 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the method further comprises:所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的第二信息,所述第二信息用于请求向所述第二终端转移媒体;receiving, by the second terminal, second information from the first terminal, the second information requesting transfer of media to the second terminal;所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二终端所在小区的标识、所述第二终端的标识、以及所述第二会话的标识。The second terminal sends third information to the first terminal, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the cell where the second terminal is located, an identifier of the second terminal, and the The ID of the second session.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to claim 11, wherein the second information further includes an identifier of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to claim 10, wherein the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, further comprising:所述第二终端接收第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;The second terminal receives fifth information, where the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first media to the second terminal;所述第二终端发送第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。The second terminal sends sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first media to the second terminal.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端接收第五信息,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the receiving the fifth information by the second terminal comprises:所述第二终端从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第五信息;或者,The second terminal receives the fifth information from the first access network device; or,所述第二终端从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一接入和移动性管理功能AMF接收所述第五信息。The second terminal receives the fifth information from a first Access and Mobility Management Function AMF serving the first terminal.
- 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- 根据权利要求11或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。The method according to claim 11 or 16, wherein the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- 根据权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 17, wherein when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, or the When the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the method further includes:所述第二终端获取所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;acquiring, by the second terminal, second uplink data of the first medium;所述第二终端根据第三会话的第三QoS流的上下文信息,确定通过所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据;The second terminal determines to send the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session according to the context information of the third QoS flow of the third session;所述第二终端根据第二对应关系,通过第三DRB向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第二对应关系包括所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第三DRB的对应关系,其中,所述第三会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息 确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。The second terminal sends the second uplink data to the first access network device through a third DRB according to the second correspondence, where the second correspondence includes the first session of the third session. The corresponding relationship between the three QoS flows and the third DRB, wherein the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, and the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first session The context information of a QoS flow is determined, and the context information of the third DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
- 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, further comprising:所述第二终端根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话的上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息;The second terminal determines the context information of the third session according to the context information of the second session, and/or the second terminal determines the third QoS flow according to the context information of the second QoS flow context information, and/or, the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the context information of the second DRB;所述第二终端生成所述第二对应关系。The second terminal generates the second correspondence.
- 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第二终端根据所述第二会话的上下文信息确定所述第三会话上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二QoS流的上下文信息确定所述第三QoS流上下文信息,和/或,所述第二终端根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定所述第三DRB上下文信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the context information of the second session, and/or, the second terminal determines the third session context information according to the second session The context information of the second QoS flow determines the third QoS flow context information, and/or, before the second terminal determines the third DRB context information according to the second DRB context information, the method further includes:所述第二终端确定不存在所述第三会话和/或所述第三QoS流和/或所述第三DRB。The second terminal determines that the third session and/or the third QoS flow and/or the third DRB do not exist.
- 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:所述第二终端向所述第一接入网设备发送第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。The second terminal sends seventh information to the first access network device, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the third session of the third session of the second terminal. QoS flow.
- 一种用于传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method comprises:第一接入网设备通过第一终端的第一会话的第一服务质量QoS流接收第一媒体的第一下行数据,所述第一媒体为从所述第一终端转移至第二终端的媒体;The first access network device receives the first downlink data of the first media through the first quality of service QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal, and the first media is transferred from the first terminal to the second terminal media;所述第一接入网设备根据第三对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第二数据无线承载DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第一下行数据,其中,所述第三对应关系包括所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第二DRB的对应关系。The first access network device sends the first downlink data to the second terminal through the second data radio bearer DRB of the second terminal according to the third correspondence, wherein the third correspondence including the correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal and the second DRB of the second terminal.
- 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第一上行数据;receiving, by the first access network device, the first uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DRB;所述第一接入网设备根据第四对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第一上行数据,其中,所述第四对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第二DRB与所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流的对应关系。The first access network device sends the first uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to a fourth correspondence, where the fourth correspondence includes A correspondence between the second DRB of the second terminal and the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal.
- 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息,所述第一信息用于请求将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端,所述第一信息包括所述第二终端的标识、所述第一会话的标识、以及所述第一QoS流的标识;The first access network device receives first information from the first terminal, the first information is used to request to transfer the first media to the second terminal, and the first information includes the An identifier of the second terminal, an identifier of the first session, and an identifier of the first QoS flow;所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一信息,在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第三对应关系,和/或,在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第四对应关系。The first access network device generates the third correspondence in the context of the first terminal according to the first information, and/or generates the fourth correspondence in the context of the second terminal Correspondence.
- 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the first access network device receiving the first information from the first terminal comprises:所述第一接入网设备通过为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF接收所述第一信息。The first access network device receives the first information through the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the method further comprises:所述第一接入网设备获取第八信息,所述第八信息包括所述第一会话的上下文信息和所述第一QoS流的上下文信息;The first access network device acquires eighth information, where the eighth information includes context information of the first session and context information of the first QoS flow;所述第一接入网设备向所述第二终端发送第四信息,所述第四信息包括:第二会话的标识、第二QoS流的标识、所述第一会话的上下文信息、以及所述第一QoS流的上下文信息,其中,所述第二会话的所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第一会话的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二会话的上下文,所述第一QoS流的上下文信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第二QoS流的上下文。The first access network device sends fourth information to the second terminal, where the fourth information includes: an identifier of the second session, an identifier of the second QoS flow, context information of the first session, and the The context information of the first QoS flow, wherein the second QoS flow of the second session is used for the second terminal to transmit the data of the first media, and the context information of the first session is used for the The second terminal determines the context of the second session, and the context information of the first QoS flow is used by the second terminal to determine the context of the second QoS flow.
- 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备获取第八信息,包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the obtaining of the eighth information by the first access network device comprises:所述第一接入网设备从为所述第一终端提供服务的第一AMF获取所述第八信息。The first access network device acquires the eighth information from the first AMF that provides services for the first terminal.
- 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二DRB的上下文信息、以及所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the fourth information further includes at least one of the following information: context information of the second DRB, and an identifier of the first medium.
- 根据权利要求24至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括以下信息中的至少一个:所述第二会话的标识、以及所述第一媒体的标识。The method according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein the first information further includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the second session, and an identifier of the first media.
- 根据权利要求24至29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 29, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备向所述第二终端发送第五信息,所述第五信息用于询问是否同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端;The first access network device sends fifth information to the second terminal, where the fifth information is used to ask whether to agree to transfer the first medium to the second terminal;所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二终端的第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示同意将所述第一媒体转移至所述第二终端。The first access network device receives sixth information from the second terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate agreement to transfer the first medium to the second terminal.
- 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第六信息还包括所述第二会话的标识。The method according to claim 30, wherein the sixth information further includes an identifier of the second session.
- 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二会话的标识经过加密处理。The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the identifier of the second session is encrypted.
- 根据权利要求22至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 32, wherein when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The method also includes:所述第一接入网设备通过所述第二终端的第三会话的第三QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第二下行数据;The first access network device receives the second downlink data of the first media through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal;所述第一接入网设备根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的第三DRB向所述第二终端发送所述第二下行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系;The first access network device sends the second downlink data to the second terminal through the third DRB of the second terminal according to the fifth correspondence, where the fifth correspondence includes the first a correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal;其中,所述第三会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第三QoS流的上下文信息是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的,所述第三DRB的上下文信息是根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息确定的。Wherein, the context information of the third session is determined according to the context information of the first session, the context information of the third QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow, and the third The context information of the DRB is determined according to the context information of the second DRB.
- 根据权利要求22至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 32, wherein when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The method also includes:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第三DRB发送的所述第一媒体的第二上行数据;receiving, by the first access network device, second uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the third DRB;所述第一接入网设备根据第五对应关系,通过所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流发送所述第二上行数据,其中,所述第五对应关系包括所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流与所述第二终端的所述第三DRB的对应关系。The first access network device sends the second uplink data through the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal according to a fifth correspondence, where the fifth correspondence includes A correspondence between the third QoS flow of the third session of the second terminal and the third DRB of the second terminal.
- 根据权利要求22至34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第二终端由所 述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围、或所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 34, wherein when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, or the When the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the method further includes:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二终端的第二会话的上下文信息和/或所述第二会话的第二QoS流的上下文信息,确定所述第三会话的上下文和/或第三QoS流的上下文,其中,所述第二会话和所述第二QoS流用于所述第二终端传输所述第一媒体的数据,所述第二会话的上下文信息是根据所述第一会话的上下文信息确定的,所述第二QoS流的上下文是根据所述第一QoS流的上下文信息确定的;The first access network device determines the context of the third session and/or the second session of the second session according to the context information of the second session of the second terminal and/or the context information of the second QoS flow of the second session A context of three QoS flows, wherein the second session and the second QoS flow are used by the second terminal to transmit data of the first media, and the context information of the second session is based on the first session The context information of the second QoS flow is determined according to the context information of the first QoS flow;所述第一接入网设备根据所述第二DRB的上下文信息,确定所述第三DRB的上下文信息。The first access network device determines the context information of the third DRB according to the context information of the second DRB.
- 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 35, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二终端的第七信息,所述第七信息用于指示所述第二DRB对应于所述第二终端的所述第三会话的所述第三QoS流。The first access network device receives seventh information from the second terminal, where the seventh information is used to indicate that the second DRB corresponds to the second DRB of the third session of the second terminal Three QoS flows.
- 根据权利要求35或36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 35 or 36, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备向为所述第二终端提供服务的第二接入和移动性管理功能AMF发送第十信息,所述第十信息用于请求将所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流对应的数据的互联网协议IP地址修改为所述第三会话的IP地址。The first access network device sends tenth information to a second access and mobility management function AMF that provides services for the second terminal, where the tenth information is used to request that the The Internet Protocol IP address of the data corresponding to the first QoS flow is changed to the IP address of the third session.
- 根据权利要求23至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 32, wherein when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the The method also includes:所述第一接入网设备通过所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流接收所述第一媒体的第三下行数据;receiving, by the first access network device, third downlink data of the first media through the first QoS flow of the first session;所述第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过第一转发隧道向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第三下行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。The first access network device sends the third downlink data to the second access network device through a first forwarding tunnel according to a sixth correspondence, where the sixth correspondence includes the first session The corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the first forwarding tunnel.
- 根据权利要求23至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第二终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第二接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 32, wherein when the second terminal enters the coverage area of the second access network device from the coverage area of the first access network device, the The method also includes:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二接入网设备通过所述第一转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第三上行数据;receiving, by the first access network device, third uplink data of the first medium sent by the second access network device through the first forwarding tunnel;所述第一接入网设备根据第六对应关系,通过所述第一终端的所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流发送所述第三上行数据,其中,所述第六对应关系包括所述第一会话的所述第一QoS流与所述第一转发隧道的对应关系。The first access network device sends the third uplink data through the first QoS flow of the first session of the first terminal according to a sixth correspondence, where the sixth correspondence includes A correspondence between the first QoS flow of the first session and the first forwarding tunnel.
- 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四对应关系还包括所述第二DRB与所述第二终端的第二会话的第二QoS流的对应关系,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the fourth correspondence further includes a correspondence between the second DRB and the second QoS flow of the second session of the second terminal, the method Also includes:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第一转发隧道,并在所述第一终端的上下文中生成所述第六对应关系。The first access network device establishes the first forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generates the sixth correspondence in the context of the first terminal.
- 根据权利要求23至32中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 32, wherein when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the The method also includes:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第三接入网设备通过第二转发隧道发送的所述第一媒体的第四下行数据;The first access network device receives the fourth downlink data of the first medium sent by the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel;所述第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二DRB向所述第二终端发送所 述第四下行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。The first access network device sends the fourth downlink data to the second terminal through the second DRB according to a seventh correspondence, where the seventh correspondence includes the second forwarding tunnel and The corresponding relationship of the second DRB.
- 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一终端由所述第一接入网设备的覆盖范围进入第三接入网设备的覆盖范围时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 41, wherein when the first terminal enters the coverage of the third access network device from the coverage of the first access network device, the method further comprises:所述第一接入网设备接收所述第二终端通过所述第二DBR发送所述第一媒体的第四上行数据;receiving, by the first access network device, fourth uplink data of the first medium sent by the second terminal through the second DBR;所述第一接入网设备根据第七对应关系,通过所述第二转发隧道向所述第三接入网设备发送所述第四上行数据,其中,所述第七对应关系包括所述第二转发隧道以及所述第二DRB的对应关系。The first access network device sends the fourth uplink data to the third access network device through the second forwarding tunnel according to a seventh correspondence, where the seventh correspondence includes the first Two forwarding tunnels and the correspondence between the second DRB.
- 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 41 or 42, further comprising:所述第一接入网设备根据所述第四对应关系,建立所述第二转发隧道,并在所述第二终端的上下文中生成所述第七对应关系。The first access network device establishes the second forwarding tunnel according to the fourth correspondence, and generates the seventh correspondence in the context of the second terminal.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至43中任一项所述的方法。A processor configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 43.
- 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器。The apparatus of claim 44, further comprising the memory.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至43中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-43. method described in the item.
- 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至43中任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises instructions for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 43.
- 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:第一终端和第二终端;A communication system, characterized by comprising: a first terminal and a second terminal;所述第一终端,用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法;The first terminal is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8;所述第二终端,用于执行如权利要求9至21中任一项所述的方法。The second terminal is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 9-21.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110959130.8 | 2021-08-20 | ||
CN202110959130 | 2021-08-20 | ||
CN202111288611.7A CN115708369A (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2021-11-02 | Method and device for transmitting data |
CN202111288611.7 | 2021-11-02 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023020481A1 true WO2023020481A1 (en) | 2023-02-23 |
Family
ID=85212851
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/112754 WO2023020481A1 (en) | 2021-08-20 | 2022-08-16 | Method for transmitting data and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115708369A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023020481A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN118102382A (en) * | 2024-04-07 | 2024-05-28 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Data processing method and related equipment |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101364874A (en) * | 2008-09-27 | 2009-02-11 | 深圳华为通信技术有限公司 | Medium transferring method, terminal and application server |
US20090225725A1 (en) * | 2006-11-27 | 2009-09-10 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System, method, and apparatus for providing multimedia session continuity |
CN102055750A (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-11 | 华为终端有限公司 | Method and equipment for acquiring session information in media transfer process between terminals |
WO2016159841A1 (en) * | 2015-03-31 | 2016-10-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Service continuity |
CN107979564A (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2018-05-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of seamless handover method and device of the session of webpage real-time Communication for Power |
WO2019144682A1 (en) * | 2018-01-25 | 2019-08-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Media control method and apparatus for fusion device, and controller, mobile terminal and storage medium |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10764935B2 (en) * | 2018-02-12 | 2020-09-01 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for selecting network slice, session management and user plane functions |
MX2021006919A (en) * | 2019-01-11 | 2021-07-15 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd | RESOURCE ESTABLISHMENT METHOD, AND DEVICE. |
CN111586774B (en) * | 2019-02-19 | 2021-06-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and communication device |
-
2021
- 2021-11-02 CN CN202111288611.7A patent/CN115708369A/en active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-08-16 WO PCT/CN2022/112754 patent/WO2023020481A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090225725A1 (en) * | 2006-11-27 | 2009-09-10 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | System, method, and apparatus for providing multimedia session continuity |
CN101364874A (en) * | 2008-09-27 | 2009-02-11 | 深圳华为通信技术有限公司 | Medium transferring method, terminal and application server |
CN102055750A (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-11 | 华为终端有限公司 | Method and equipment for acquiring session information in media transfer process between terminals |
WO2016159841A1 (en) * | 2015-03-31 | 2016-10-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Service continuity |
CN107979564A (en) * | 2016-10-21 | 2018-05-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of seamless handover method and device of the session of webpage real-time Communication for Power |
WO2019144682A1 (en) * | 2018-01-25 | 2019-08-01 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Media control method and apparatus for fusion device, and controller, mobile terminal and storage medium |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "TS 23.502: Support of static IP", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-175636 TS_23.502 P-CR SUPPORT OF STATIC IP V4.2, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Sophia Antipolis, France; 20170821 - 20170825, 21 August 2017 (2017-08-21), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051325486 * |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN118102382A (en) * | 2024-04-07 | 2024-05-28 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Data processing method and related equipment |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115708369A (en) | 2023-02-21 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN112566149B (en) | Method for configuring service, communication device and communication system | |
JP7501542B2 (en) | UE AND METHOD OF THE UE | |
CN109561423B (en) | A method and device for accessing a target cell | |
CN113132334B (en) | Authorization result determination method and device | |
US20230029714A1 (en) | Authorization method, policy control function device, and access and mobility management function device | |
CN114600504A (en) | Method for moving IMS voice conversation on non-3 GPP to 3GPP access | |
CN115734173A (en) | Method and apparatus for inter-device communication | |
WO2022199451A1 (en) | Session switching method and apparatus | |
US20240244107A1 (en) | Method for determining application server | |
WO2023020046A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
WO2022170798A1 (en) | Strategy determining method and communication apparatus | |
WO2023016501A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting data | |
WO2021063164A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium | |
WO2021097858A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
KR20240060670A (en) | Communication methods and devices | |
WO2023020481A1 (en) | Method for transmitting data and apparatus | |
CN115552928B (en) | Network selection method and device | |
CN115884152A (en) | Communication method and device | |
WO2023124932A1 (en) | Connection establishment method and communication apparatus | |
WO2022188156A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
WO2023142717A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for determining user equipment route selection policy | |
WO2023103575A1 (en) | Multicast/broadcast communication method and related apparatus | |
US20240414797A1 (en) | Method for relay communication, initiating terminal and relay terminal | |
WO2025137819A1 (en) | Wireless communication method and communication device | |
WO2025118161A1 (en) | Communication method and device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22857792 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22857792 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |